Quarterlytics / Energy / Oil & Gas Refining & Marketing / Newfield Resources Limited

Newfield Resources Limited

nwf · LSE Energy
Claim this profile
Ticker nwf
Exchange LSE
Sector Energy
Industry Oil & Gas Refining & Marketing
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Newfield Resources Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Together,

we are

NWF

Fuels, Food and Feeds

NWF Group plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2022

NWF Group is a specialist distributor 
of fuel, food and feed across the UK

Divisional highlights

Fuels

Page 7

Food

Page 10

Feeds

Page 12

Significant 
outperformance
NWF Fuels is a leading distributor of fuel oil 
and fuel cards delivering over 663 million 
litres across the UK to 109,000 customers. 

Improved efficiency 

Second half recovery 

Boughey Distribution is a leading consolidator of 
ambient grocery products to UK supermarkets 
with over 1,000,000ft² of warehousing and 
significant distribution assets. 

NWF Agriculture has grown to be a leading 
national supplier of ruminant animal feed to 
4,325 customers in the UK, feeding one in six 
dairy cows in Britain. 

Headline operating profit

Headline operating profit

Headline operating profit

£17.2m+84.9%

Strong performance across the year with 
improved returns from a focus on customer 
service across our 25 depots, with significant 
one-off gains from providing service to 
customers when market pricing and 
availability was challenging in our 
final quarter.

  Read more on pages 7 – 9

£2.8m+47.4%

Consistent improvement in performance 
across the year. Warehouses were at an 
effective operating capacity and delivering 
high levels of customer service, with 
anticipated improvements in operating 
efficiency delivered ahead of plan.

  Read more on pages 10 – 11

£1.8m+5.9%

A strong recovery in the second half, following 
a disappointing first half, successfully 
navigating unprecedented volatility and 
increases in feed commodities supported by 
an increasing milk price across the country.

  Read more on pages 12 – 13

 
 
1

Financial highlights for the year ended 31 May 2022

Revenue

Total dividend per share

Diluted headline EPS1

£878.6m

+30.0%

7.5p+4.2%

22 

21 

20 

878.6

675.6

687.5

22 

21 

20 

7.5

7.2

6.9

34.8p

+70.6%

34.8

22 

21 

20 

20.4

21.3

Headline profit before tax¹

Headline operating profit1

Net cash/(debt)2

£20.9m

+75.6%

£21.8m

+69.0%

20.9

22 

21 

20 

11.9

13.2

22 

21 

20 

21.8

12.9

14.3 

£9.0m

22 

9.0

(5.7)  21

(12.3) 

20

1  

 Headline operating profit excludes exceptional items and amortisation of acquired intangibles. Headline profit before taxation excludes exceptional items, amortisation of acquired 
intangibles and the net finance cost in respect of the Group’s defined benefit pension scheme. Diluted headline earnings per share also takes into account the taxation effect thereon.

2  Net cash/(debt) excluding IFRS 16 lease liabilities.

Financial statements
58  Independent auditors’ report
63  Consolidated income statement
64  Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income
65  Consolidated balance sheet
66  Consolidated statement 
of changes in equity
67  Consolidated cash flow 

statement

68  Notes to the Group financial 

statements

96  Parent Company balance sheet
97  Parent Company statement 
of comprehensive income
97  Parent Company statement 

of changes in equity

98  Notes to the Parent Company 

financial statements

Overview
IFC Divisional highlights
Financial highlights
1 
2  Chair’s statement

Strategic report
4  Chief Executive’s review
7  Divisional review: Fuels
10  Divisional review: Food
12  Divisional review: Feeds 
14  Business model
16  Group financial review
19  Principal risks and uncertainties

ESG framework
23  ESG
34  Section 172
38  Board of Directors and Company 

Secretary

40  Senior management
40  Advisors
41  Corporate governance 

statement

47  Audit Committee report
49  Directors’ remuneration report
53  Nomination Committee report
55  Directors’ report
57  Statement of Directors’ 

responsibilities

Shareholder information
108 Notice of Annual General 

Meeting

110  Notes to the Notice of Annual 

General Meeting

112  Explanatory notes to the Notice 
of Annual General Meeting

113  Financial calendar
113  Divisional contacts

C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s

  Watch our latest video at 

nwf.co.uk

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Overview2

Chair’s statement

A great year delivered 
by a great team

Summary
•  Record results for the Group, reflecting very 

strong operational and commercial execution 
in a challenging environment.

•  Continued increase in shareholder returns; 
proposed increase in the total dividend of 
4.2% to 7.5p per share, reflecting the strong 
performance and the Board’s confidence 
in the prospects of the business. 

Overview
I am pleased to report another year of significant outperformance for 
the Group, exceeding the market expectations that were established 
at the start of the financial year. There have been significant 
challenges in our markets with periods of supply shortage, 
unprecedented volatility of key commodities and inflationary 
pressures. I am pleased to report our teams across the Group have 
managed these challenges very effectively and have delivered 
outperformance as a result of their response in difficult times. 

As a consequence of the good progress achieved, the Group’s strong 
cash generation and growing confidence in the Group’s future 
prospects, the Board is recommending a final dividend of 6.5p per 
share, to be paid to shareholders on 9 December 2022 (2021: 6.2p) 
giving a total dividend of 7.5p per share (2021: 7.2p), a 4.2% increase on the 
prior year. This is the eleventh year that the Group has increased the 
dividend, highlighting continual sustained improvements in performance.

Total dividend per share

7.5p

(2021: 7.2p)

I would like to thank all of 
the team at NWF for the 
support I have received 
as Chair of the Group.”

Philip Acton
Non-Executive Chair

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

3

ESG highlights  
2022
•  Since our last report, the Group has further 
developed its commitment to delivering 
long-term sustainable value by defining our 
2040 ambitions, including a net zero carbon 
emissions target.

•  In our ESG Roadmap, developed during the year, 
the Group reflects on its progress to date and 
begins to map out the planned work for the next 
two years, and in the longer term.

•  Key ESG reporting metrics have been established 

and initiatives identified to drive progress 
towards the Group’s long-term ambitions.

•  The Group has established an ESG Steering 

Committee, comprising members of the Executive 
Directors and Senior Management Team, to 
further drive the sustainability agenda across 
the business. The Committee met four times 
during FY22 and will meet monthly during FY23.

•  The Group is preparing to share its first full TCFD 
disclosure, which will be reported in the year 
ending 31 May 2023.

Our business
NWF Group is a specialist distributor delivering fuel, food and feed 
across the UK. Each of our trading divisions has scale and good market 
position and is profitable and cash generative. Each division trades 
under different brands with their own brand architecture as follows:

 NWF Fuels (including a number of local sub-brands)

•  Fuels 
•  Food  Boughey
•  Feeds   NWF Agriculture, SC Feeds, New Breed and Jim Peet

  Read more about our divisions on pages 7–13

Key areas of focus for the Board in 2022
Responding proactively to market conditions
The Group has responded well to challenging market conditions 
throughout the year. In the autumn, fuel shortages at retail sites 
across the country led to concerns for Fuels’ commercial and 
domestic customers. We were able to maintain full supply and had 
no supply shortages. In the final quarter, as a result of the Ukraine 
conflict, the price of oil rose sharply and with the move away from 
Russian oil, supply shortages were experienced across the country. 
Through a combination of supply agreements in place across the UK 
and our local depot network focused on maintaining supplies to 
regular customers, we were able to maintain service even when this 
has involved trunking fuel across the country. In Food, customer 
demand has been more stable; however, labour shortages 
experienced by customers resulted in lower than anticipated stock 
levels in the run up to Christmas. In Feeds, commodity prices increased 
to unprecedented levels in our final quarter and we have been able to 
pass these through to our customers who in turn have been 
supported by increasing milk prices. 

Delivering on strategy
The Group has a clearly articulated strategy which has a focus 
on expanding the fuel depot network through acquisitions and 
consolidating a fragmented market. There is a strong pipeline 
of opportunities and this remains a focus for the Group. In Food, 
following the successful expansion with the Crewe warehouse, we 
continue to discuss additional contracts with customers which 
will support further expansion of the warehousing and distribution 
business. In Feeds we are focused on developing nutritionists through 
the NWF Academy who can increase volumes and utilise our national 
operations platform.

Cash generation
Cash generation remains a focus for the Group and it is pleasing 
to report a positive year end net cash balance for the first time, 
of £9.0 million (excluding lease liabilities), which highlights both the 
cash-generative nature of our business and the capability and funding 
for development opportunities. 

Rewarding good service
The consistent focus on excellence in customer service has been 
critical to managing unprecedented market conditions and 
supporting our continued development. 

ESG framework
The Board recognises the importance of ESG and the Group has 
made significant progress on its ESG framework in 2022. We have 
established a target of net zero by 2040 and increased the focus of 
our four pillars across the Group. An executive steering committee 
has been established, detailed measures developed and we are 
establishing targets and goals for the short, medium and long term. 
We will report in more detail on our ESG framework on pages 23 to 33. 
We continue to adopt the Quoted Companies Alliance Corporate 
Governance Code (‘the QCA Code’) which we believe has been 
constructed in a simple, practical and effective style and that 
meaningful compliance with its ten main principles should provide 
shareholders with confidence in how the Group operates. 

  Read more about our ESG ambitions on pages 23–33

  Read our Section 172(1) Statement on page 34

Employees
The Group now employs in excess of 1,300 people across our three 
divisions and Head Office. I would like to offer my personal thanks 
to all of our employees for their outstanding efforts and commitment 
to the Group during these challenging times.

Board changes
In line with NWF’s governance policy, and as previously reported, 
I will be stepping down from the Board at the time of the 2022 AGM 
in September, having completed nine years’ service with NWF. David 
Downie, currently Senior Independent Non-Executive Director, will 
be appointed as Chair at that time and Richard Armitage, currently 
a Non-Executive Director, will be appointed as Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director. We are pleased to welcome Dawn Moore, 
who will be joining the Board as a Non-Executive Director and Chair 
of the Remuneration Committee.

I look forward to updating shareholders on the Group’s 
continuing progress at the time of the Annual General Meeting 
on 29 September 2022.

Philip Acton
Non-Executive Chair
2 August 2022

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Overview4

Chief Executive’s review 

NWF has delivered 
a record set of results

Summary
•  Significant outperformance in Fuels as a result of 
volatility in oil prices in our final quarter, together 
with short-term benefits arising from periods 
when the UK market was supply constrained.

•  Solid performance in Food across the year with 
warehouses at an effective operating capacity, 
high service levels and an improvement in 
operating efficiency as planned.

•  Strong second half performance in Feeds, 

implementing price increases in response to 
unprecedented inflation in feed commodities 
and other key inputs more than offsetting 
lower volumes.

•  Performance to date in the current financial year 
has been in line with the Board’s expectations.

Overview
NWF has delivered a record set of results, significantly ahead of 
the expectations we had at the start of our financial year. It has been 
delivered by focusing on service to our customers across the country 
and our teams responding effectively to unprecedented volatility in 
cost inputs and issues of supply availability. Oil and feed commodities 
were particularly impacted in our final quarter, as a consequence of 
the conflict in Ukraine. The Group has established a strong track 
record of resilience and performance and we are excited by the 
opportunities across the Group to continue our development.

The continued focus on cash and record level of profit has moved the 
Group into a net cash positive position (excluding lease liabilities) for 
the first time, which both demonstrates the ongoing cash-generative 
nature of our business and gives us significant capability to fund 
continued growth and development. In addition, and in line with 
our established practice, we are proposing an increased dividend 
as part of our continuing focus on driving shareholder returns.

Fuels delivered significant outperformance in the year with a 
backdrop of supply issues across the country and oil price volatility 
which our local depot teams were able to optimise by providing 
continued high level of service to regular customers. This delivered 
significantly higher than normal returns in the financial year but 
reflects the flexibility and strong operating model of the business.

The Group has established a strong 
track record of performance and 
resilience and we are excited by 
future growth opportunities.”

Richard Whiting
Chief Executive

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

5

Crewe warehouse
Our 35,000 pallet space Crewe 
warehouse is delivering on 
investment plans.

net cash

£9.0m

(2021: net debt £5.7m)

Outlook
In Fuels, we have a proven depot-based operating model and a clear 
growth strategy to add to the network with acquisitions. With a strong 
pipeline, these are being actively pursued and the opportunity for 
growth remains significant. 

In Food, we continue to seek further improvements in operational 
efficiency, whilst targeting additional business to support our current 
operations and generate opportunities for further development.

In Feeds, with commodity prices remaining volatile but farmers 
supported by a good milk price, demand is anticipated to remain solid 
and we are seeking volume growth on the back of our Academy, additions 
to the sales team and utilising an effective national operations platform.

The Group has again clearly demonstrated its capability to deliver 
performance and has great resilience. There are significant growth 
opportunities, backed by strong cash flows, funding availability and 
a solid asset base. We will therefore continue to consider acquisition 
opportunities, building on our successful track record of acquiring 
and integrating businesses, as well as investment in organic development.

Performance to date in the current financial year has been in line 
with the Board’s expectations. Fuels’ trading has returned to more 
normal levels following the one-off gains achieved in the year ended 
31 May 2022. Overall, the Board continues to remain confident about 
the Group’s future prospects.

The Food division delivered a significant improvement in 
performance, ahead of our expectations. The result was delivered 
as a consequence of our warehouses being at an effective level of 
utilisation, drivers and staff being retained, good service levels being 
achieved and a significant improvement in operational efficiency. 

Feeds had a challenging first half with lower volumes and increasing 
commodity costs. This was turned around in the second half, when 
commodity prices hit unprecedented highs, with a focus on margin 
management supported by a continued increasing milk price for our 
core UK customer base.

The Group delivered headline operating profit of £21.8 million 
(2021: £12.9 million) and record headline profit before tax of £20.9 million 
(2021: £11.9 million). Operating profit was £13.2 million (2021: £12.1 million). 
Diluted headline earnings per share were 70.6% higher at 34.8p 
(2021: 20.4p).

Cash management remains strong with net cash of £9.0 million 
(2021: net debt of £5.7 million) excluding lease liabilities, after 
£3.2 million of net capital expenditure (2021: £3.0 million).

Richard Whiting
Chief Executive
2 August 2022

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Strategic report6

Chief Executive’s review continued

Q&A with the 
Chief Executive

Q.  How has the business coped with an inflationary 

economy and a tightening labour market?

A.  The impact of inflation is significant and has been felt across all 
aspects of the business. Our teams are not used to working in 
an inflationary environment and are having to adapt working 
processes where cost inflation is the norm. As a specialist 
distribution business, it is essential to manage cost inflation and 
pass through higher prices where costs cannot be maintained. In 
2022 this has been successfully achieved. A tightening labour 
market has increased our focus on being an employer of choice. 
We are continually reviewing our total offer to people and are 
equally focused on non-financial elements of employee motivation 
and satisfaction.

Q. How are you delivering your strategy on ESG?
A.  In 2022 we have engaged our teams across the Group in embedding 

measures of performance across the four pillars of our ESG 
strategy. This is set out in some detail in our Annual Report and 
Accounts, which also sets out the path to achieving our goal of 
net zero in 2040 as a Group. This is a continual journey and we 
will be setting additional targets and goals for activities across 
the business. A focus as a specialist distributor is the impact of 
our distribution fleet on the environment which will be improved 
by utilising the latest fuel efficient, low emission vehicles and 
continually improving vehicle utilisation and operating efficiency.

Q.  How has NWF dealt with issues in the oil supply 

chain and price volatility?

A.  2022 has seen significant concerns around fuel shortages caused 
by panic buying at retail petrol stations in the autumn, the cessation 
of supplies of Russian oil by our major suppliers and the impact of 
environmental protesters across the country in April and May 2022. 
These supply issues and significant price volatility have been 
managed very effectively by having local depots meeting customer 
needs whilst being a national business with supply options across 
the country. The focus was on ensuring our regular customers 
never had a supply issue, whilst ensuring the Group’s own 
profitability. This has involved trunking fuel across the country 
to areas in short supply and adapting our pricing strategy to 
accommodate the daily volatility in the price of oil.

Q.  How has the Group’s resilience been improved 

following the 2021 cyber incident?

A.  The 2021 cyber incident has given the whole team at NWF 
an increased focus and awareness of the importance of 
cyber resilience. Supported by Grant Thornton LLP, which acts as 
our virtual Chief Information and Security Officer and is providing 
active monitoring of all end points across the Group, we have 
implemented policies and procedures including two factor 
authentication, complex regular changes to all passwords 
and strict access rights and protocols for all administrators. 
In addition, we have recruited a Chief Digital Information 
Officer who is an experienced IT leader and is responsible 
for all IT and security activity across the Group.

Richard Whiting
Chief Executive

Q.  What were the key highlights from the last 

12 months?

A.  The year has once again highlighted the resilience of the Group, 
our employees, customers and suppliers. We have successfully 
navigated the challenges of fuel shortages and the dramatic 
increase in commodity costs resulting from the conflict in Ukraine. 
The year represents a record performance for the Group which 
demonstrates the capability of our teams across the Group to 
optimise business performance in a challenging environment. In 
Fuels, the concerns around availability of fuel across the country 
and price volatility have led to an unprecedented performance 
in the year. In Food, the more stable demand environment with 
the reopening of food service has led to a strong performance. 
In Feeds, following a disappointing first half the business has 
responded well to recover performance in the second half.

Q.   Is the Group still focused on Fuels acquisitions 

as the key growth strategy?

A.  The strategy of acquiring fuel businesses to consolidate a 

fragmented market is a core element of our growth strategy. 
We have an active pipeline of opportunities and continue to 
focus on this opportunity where we have a clear post-acquisition 
integration process. We continue to discuss opportunities 
with a number of potential businesses. We also have growth 
opportunities in Food and Feeds which will also support the 
continued successful development of NWF.

Q.  What’s the Board’s strategy on diversity 

and inclusion?

A.  NWF is committed to an ESG strategy with a pillar of investing in our 
people. Within this we have a goal of being an employer of choice and 
having a diverse and inclusive workforce. We recognise in the basic 
industries in which we operate and our geographic location there are 
challenges in delivering a more diverse and inclusive workforce.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Divisional review: Fuels

With 109,000 customers being supplied 
across 25 fuel depots, Fuels operates in 
markets that are large and robust and, as a 
business, it has consistently proved it can 
effectively manage the volatility in oil prices. 
The industry remains highly fragmented, 
with many small operators, which we continue 
to believe provides an opportunity for NWF 
to further increase its market share.

A year of 
significant 
outperformance

F
u
e
l
s

Significant 
outperformance 
in the year with a 
backdrop of supply 
issues across 
the country.”

Richard Huxley
Managing Director, Fuels

Customers

109,000

(2021: 127,000)

Litres of fuel delivered

663m(2021: 695m)

Fuel depots owned

25(2021: 25)

People

338(2021: 355)

Acquisitions

5since 2019

7

Review of the year
Fuels’ significant outperformance was 
delivered by a consistent improvement across 
the year and the dramatic impact of shortages 
in oil and price volatility which followed the start 
of the conflict in Ukraine and the desire to 
cease importation of Russian oil by all major 
suppliers. This led to shortages and higher 
value placed on service and availability of fuel. 
Our depots focused supplies on regular 
customers and volumes declined in the final 
quarter as availability issues impacted all 
distributors. The relatively mild winter reduced 
demand for heating oil and NWF, along with the 
majority of distributors, reduced sales via online 
brokers to concentrate on core direct customers.

Volumes declined by 4.6% to 663 million litres 
(2021: 695 million litres). Revenue increased by 
38.7% to £621.1 million (2021: £447.8 million) as 
a consequence of a higher oil price and the 
majority of the volume reduction being from 
lower value heating oil. This was a result of a 
relatively mild winter and higher prices in the 
final quarter when domestic customers were 
able to defer buying decisions. The average 
Brent Crude oil price in the year was $87 per 
barrel compared to $52 per barrel in the prior 
year. Critically, the oil price peaked at $137 per 
barrel in March 2022 which coincided with 
shortages at many terminals and refineries.

Headline operating profit was £17.2 million 
(2021: £9.3 million) as a consequence of 
higher returns arising from supply concerns, 
pricing volatility and the reduction in lower 
margin spot business. Net profits of 2.6p per 
litre are significantly higher than the 1.4p per 
litre in the prior year highlighting the 
significant one-off gains.

Acquisition activity has continued through the 
year and whilst none have completed in the 
year, the pipeline of opportunities is healthy and 
this remains a focus for development activity. 

We have a proven post-acquisition integration 
plan, retaining the local brand and 
customer-facing parts of the business and 
centralising finance, IT, procurement and 
credit control.

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Strategic report8

Divisional review: Fuels continued

Division KPIs
Revenue

Headline operating profit

Volume (litres)

£621.1m

+38.7%

£17.2m

+84.9%

663m-4.6%

22 

21 

20 

621.1

447.8

470.2

22 

21 

20 

9.3

11.0

17.2

22 

21 

20 

663

695

665

Fuels: ESG

The qualifications I have 
gained whilst working at 
NWF have been hugely 
beneficial.”
Alex Lewin, Depot Manager at 
Boston depot (Lincolnshire Fuels)

Alex joined Fuels in August 2014 in a 
junior sales role at the Nottingham 
depot. Alongside his sales role Alex 
learnt wider aspects of how the fuel 
depots operated, including vehicle 
compliance, stock reconciliation and 
vehicle scheduling. In addition, Alex also 
obtained his ADR and C Category driver’s 
licence, allowing him to drive a tanker. 
At the beginning of 2017 he stepped up 
into a management trainee role to 
support the Boston depot and became 
the Depot Manager in June 2019. 

In May 2022 Alex gained his 
International Certificate of 
Professional Competence for 
Transport Managers. This qualification 
has been hugely beneficial to Alex to 
further his understanding of vehicle 
compliance when it relates to the 
importance of vehicle safety from a 
depot perspective when managing a 
fuel tanker fleet from the depot, which 
also means he is now able to hold the 
operator’s licence for the depot.

Review of the year continued 
The Fuels division operates on a de-centralised 
model with depot management teams focused 
on optimising performance for the specific 
conditions of their local markets. This model 
supported our ability to respond swiftly and 
effectively to the increased consumer demand 
and significant commodity price volatility 
experienced during lockdown. We continue to 
believe that our model is the most effective 
way to maximise performance, given the 
industry structure, but we also believe there 
are opportunities to leverage benefits from 
the breadth of our growing network. As such 
we continue to invest in enhancing systems 
and capabilities for the Fuels division which 
we believe will improve efficiencies and 
provide a strong platform for continued growth.

With over 109,000 customers (2021: 127,000) 
being supplied across 25 fuel depots in the year 
(2021: 25), Fuels operates in large and robust 
markets and, as a business, it has consistently 
proved it can effectively manage the impact of 
volatility in oil prices. The industry remains highly 
fragmented, with many small operators, which 
provides NWF with further opportunities to 
consolidate the market and increase its 
market share.

Our strategy
•  Consolidate a highly 
fragmented market

•  Expand existing geographical area
•  Increase business density 
in existing territories
•  Invest in a clean fleet
•  Active acquisition pipeline

customers through remote tank monitoring, 
auto top-up, monthly direct debit and an 
app which allows (in the same way as a 
smart meter) customers to monitor their 
usage and adapt their behaviour.

Fuels: Market trends and responses
Supply shortages and 
significant price volatility
In autumn 2021 there were fuel shortages in 
retail forecourts around the country. NWF 
did not experience any supply issues at that 
time and was able to maintain supply to all 
customers from our 25 depots. In March 
and April 2022 shortages were experienced 
at various times across the country as oil 
suppliers moved away from the reliance of 
importation of Russian oil. Consequently we 
were able to utilise our supply positions 
across the country to ensure we could 
maintain deliveries even when this included 
trunking fuel across the country on our own 
vehicles. Prices increased significantly in 
February and March 2022 as a result of the 
conflict in Ukraine. We adapted our pricing 
strategy to accommodate the daily volatility 
in the price of oil. 

Our view on the energy transition
We are committed to supporting our 
customers’ energy needs as we transition 
towards a net zero economy. We are 
participating in trials across the country 
utilising hydro-treated vegetable oil (‘HVO’) 
which can replace kerosene in a domestic 
boiler with a non-fossil-based fuel. In 
addition, we continue to trial HVO30 with 
customers across the country and are 
looking to use HVO as our fuel source for 
vehicles operating within our main site at 
Wardle in Cheshire.

We are also monitoring the development of 
all energy sources including hydrogen as a 
potential solution for our customers’ heating 
and transportation energy requirements.

Households coping with higher 
energy bills and availability of fuel
With higher oil prices and the impact of 
the cost-of-living crisis we are able to 
help customers to spread payments 
across the year with our budget plan 
scheme. In addition, our Oil Fox programme 
can take away many of the concerns from 

  Read more about our ESG 
strategy on page 23

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

9

Our acquisition 
strategy

Chris Belsham
Group Finance Director

The Group has a strong 
pipeline of acquisitions 
being actively pursued 
and the opportunity 
for growth remains 
significant.”

Kirkby Lonsdale

Preston

Burnley

Southport

Bangor

Dyserth

Immingham

Babbinswood

Wardle

Stoke

Mansfield

Staffordshire Fuels

Boston

Droitwich

Kenilworth

Long Marston

Great Yarmouth

Burwell

Ammanford

Yate

Glastonbury

Yeovil

Home Counties

Redruth

Fishers Pond

Acquisition process
The Group has a clear established process for the identification, valuation, acquisition and integration of complementary oil distribution businesses.

1Proactive target 

identification
NWF continues to develop 
a pipeline of acquisition 
opportunities focused on UK 
oil distribution businesses. 
Opportunities are sourced from 
a combination of proactive 
approaches by NWF, off-market 
approaches to NWF by sellers 
and participation in formal sales 
processes. NWF targets those 
businesses whose business 
model and geography will 
combine with NWF most 
effectively to create additional 
shareholder value.

2Clear valuation and 

pricing strategy
The Group has a standardised 
process for assessing the value 
of a target business to NWF and 
pricing the transaction 
accordingly. The Group operates 
within this process and quickly 
rejects opportunities that do not 
meet its valuation and pricing 
parameters.

3Effective transaction 

process
NWF has an established legal, 
environmental and financial due 
diligence process and advisory 
team which combines with 
in-house operational and 
commercial due diligence and 
integration planning. This 
enables the Group to conclude 
transactions in an effective, cost 
efficient and timely manner.

4Integration and value 

delivery
The Group has a clear post-
acquisition integration strategy 
and plan to ensure that 
shareholder value is delivered. 
The integration model is based 
on retaining the brand and 
customer-facing aspects of the 
acquired business whilst 
centralising finance, IT and 
credit control to create 
efficiencies and bring processes 
in line with the wider Group.

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Strategic reportReview of the year
Food reported a solid and significant 
improvement in performance, delivering on 
the investment in, and growth of the business 
when we opened the Crewe warehouse. 
This has been underpinned by effective 
warehouse utilisation across the year, the 
retention of staff and drivers, the ability to 
pass on inflationary cost increases swiftly 
and an positive improvement in operating 
efficiency across both sites. 

Revenue increased by 14.2% to £62.6 million 
(2021: £54.8 million). Storage overall was at 
an average of 118,000 pallets (2021: 120,000 
pallets), with warehouses effectively utilised 
across the year. Stock levels dipped in the 
run up to Christmas as customers suffering 
labour shortages were unable to replenish 
stocks in line with retailer demand. The 
mix of business improved from prior year 
as food service and cash and carry volumes 
recovered resulting in more complex added 
value work. Pallets dispatched were in line 
with the prior year, reflecting the more stable 
business environment.

Headline operating profit was £2.8 million 
(2021: £1.9 million). E-fulfilment, Palletline 
and the packing room all increased returns 
in the year, with the most significant growth 
in Palletline as customers utilised pallet 
networks to offset concerns around driver 
shortages in the market.

10

Divisional review: Food

The business operates in a competitive 
supply chain and needs to continually 
demonstrate the value and service that it 
provides to food manufacturers and 
importers. The business has a leading 
position in consolidating ambient grocery 
products in the North West, with high 
service levels, industry leading systems 
and a strong operating performance 
being the key components of its 
customer proposition.

Improved  
efficiency

F
o
o
d

A solid and significant 
improvement in 
performance.”

Angela Carus
Managing Director, Food

Pallets stored

118,000

(2021: 120,000)

People

724(2021: 691)

Trucks

127(2021: 117)

Trailers

264(2021: 305)

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

11

Division KPIs
Revenue

Headline operating profit

Pallets stored

£62.6m

+14.2%

£2.8m+47.4%

22 

21 

20 

62.6

54.8

48.3

22 

21 

20 

1.9

1.4

2.8

118,000

-1.7%

22 

21 

20 

118,000

120,000

103,000

Demand for our customers’ products 
continues to be stable and the outlook 
for most product categories handled by 
the business is resilient. The business 
operates in a competitive supply chain 
and needs to continually demonstrate 
the value and service that it provides to 
food manufacturers and importers. 
The business has a leading position in 
consolidating ambient grocery products 
in the North West, with high service 
levels, industry leading systems and 
a consistent operating performance 
being the key components of its 
customer proposition.

Our strategy
•  Optimise the customer mix
•  Optimise storage and 

distribution solutions on the 
Wardle and Crewe sites

•  Crewe – a centre of excellence
•  Total capacity 135,000 pallet spaces
•  Value added niche businesses
•  E-fulfilment
•  Palletline
•  Targeting step-change expansion 
backed by customer and retailer 
contracts

Impact of food service  
reopening
With the end of Covid-19 restrictions, food 
service businesses in the UK have fully 
reopened. This has caused a change of 
mix in our business with less volume to UK 
major retailers and more business with 
cash and carry customers. This increases 
the complexity of our operations and 
increases the labour requirements in our 
warehouses as cash and carry customers 
have more case picking requirements and 
smaller deliveries. This is positive for our 
business overall as we have the required 
labour to fulfil this work and prices to cash 
and carry outlets are higher reflecting the 
increase in added value activity.

Food: Market trends and responses
Significant inflation in the 
food supply chain and 
labour shortages
Inflation is impacting many areas in 
the food supply chain. Fuel increases 
are managed through a contracted fuel 
price escalator which therefore passes 
on increases or reductions in fuel 
prices automatically. In August 2021 
we implemented an additional pay 
increase to ensure we maintained our 
fully resourced team of drivers and 
passed this through with an additional 
price increase to customers at the same 
time. We are managing higher costs in the 
business through price increases which 
are normally implemented on an annual 
basis with our customers who, whilst 
frustrated by higher costs, recognise 
and understand the inflationary 
pressures in our business. Labour supply 
issues impacted some of our customers 
significantly and our stock levels fell 
well below our forecast at the end of 
December as customers were unable to 
replenish stock. This situation has since 
been rectified and stock levels normalised 
over subsequent months.

Lack of warehousing in the UK
In 2022 as a country there is less available 
warehouse space and less land with consent 
for planning permission than at any time in 
the last decade. This has been driven by 
the increased move online which requires 
increased warehousing for a number of 
sectors across the economy. This is a 
positive driver for NWF customer retention 
as there is limited space availability with 
competitors but has a negative impact on 
development of the business as we look to 
expand into additional warehouse units 
backed by customer contracts. 

  Read more about our ESG 
strategy on page 23

Food: ESG

We arrange for 
unsalvageable stock to 
be donated to local food 
banks in our area, so we 
don’t waste anything.”
Tash Parry, Food

Tash first joined NWF as a student, 
working in the packing hall during 
school holidays. In 1989, Tash returned 
to work for Food full time and has 
worked for the division ever since, and is 
now supervisor of the damages team, 
clocking up 33 years of loyal service.

Together with her team of three 
people, Tash provides a unique service 
salvaging any damaged goods which 
might occur across our two Food sites. 
The damages team sorts through any 
damaged items finding the best 
solution to salvage as much as 
possible. Working with customers 
concerned, arrangements are made 
where possible to donate any 
unsalvageable stock to food banks in 
the local area, so nothing is wasted.

  Read more about the work 
of Tash’s team on page 31

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Strategic reportReview of the year
Feeds is focused on providing nutritional advice 
and on time deliveries of animal feed to farmers 
across the country. Total feed volume decreased 
by 8.2% to 528,000 tonnes (2021: 575,000 
tonnes). This reduction was due to the following 
reasons; total ruminant feed market volumes 
were 3.5% lower than prior year with the largest 
deficit in dairy blends as good forage from the 
previous summer was utilised by farmers; and 
NWF’s own volumes were lower as a result of 
lower retail sales in the North and the loss of a 
merchant in the South due to its acquisition.

Commodity prices increased through the year 
with an average 8% increase in a basket of 
commodities to the end of February 2022. 
As a consequence of the conflict in Ukraine 
there has been significant concern around 
the availability of key commodities and prices 
spiked, increasing by an unprecedented 35%, to 
a peak in early April. As required price increases 
were implemented to cover additional commodity 
and energy costs, the business recovered 
strongly in the second half of the year.

Revenue was higher at £194.9 million 
(2021: £173.0 million) reflecting the higher feed 
prices more than offsetting lower volumes 
in the year. Headline operating profit was 
£1.8 million (2021: £1.7 million).

We have continued investment in the NWF 
Academy in which new trainees engage on 

12

Divisional review: Feeds

NWF provides nutritional advice to farmers 
across the country with over 60 trained 
nutritional advisors analysing forage and 
farmers’ objectives to deliver feed to 
optimise performance. Feed is then 
produced from mills across the UK and 
delivered directly to farmers, with the 
majority of the business being dairy, but 
also supporting beef and sheep farmers.

Focus on  
nutrition

F
e
e
d
s

Pleased with 
the second half 
recovery in business 
performance.”

Andrew Downie
Managing Director, Feeds

Tonnes

528,000

(2021: 575,000)

People

224(2021: 219)

Trucks

45(2021: 40)

Trailers

17(2021: 18)

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

13

Division KPIs
Revenue

Headline operating profit

Volume (tonnes)

£194.9m

+12.7%

£1.8m+5.9%

22 

21 

20 

194.9

173.0

169.0

22 

21 

20 

1.8

1.7

1.9

528,000

-8.2%

22 

21 

20 

528,000

575,000

625,000

Feeds: ESG

NWF’s support and 
training have made me 
the person I am today.”
Eliza Burton, Feeds

Eliza joined NWF in 2020 as part of the 
second Feeds Academy intake. Having 
a passion for agriculture and farming, 
the Academy gave Eliza the opportunity 
to embark on a career in sales supported 
by a programme of learning about 
diet formulation, sales training and 
animal nutrition. 

Eliza was able to use her local farming 
contacts to start building a customer 
base for sheep feed sales supported 
by an experienced sales rep as her 
mentor. Eliza has built a successful 
ledger over the last two years which 
she hopes to continue growing in the 
future. Eliza also runs her own 
pedigree flock of Zwartbles sheep 
which she shows all over the country.

  Read more about our Feeds 
Academy on page 29

an 18-month structured training programme 
to become future NWF nutritionists. 
The Academy has recruited a third group 
to the programme, which has been well 
received across the industry. Graduates of the 
programme are now developing as successful 
nutritionists in our national sales team.

Average milk prices in the UK have increased 
to unprecedented levels, supporting farming 
customers’ higher feed, energy and labour 
costs. The average price for the year of 34.3p 
per litre compares to an average in the prior 
year of 29.3p per litre. The price in May 2022 of 
40.4p per litre compares to 30.1p per litre 
in May 2021. Milk production was 2.4% lower 
at 12.3 billion litres (2021: 12.6 billion litres). 

Feeds has a very broad customer base, working 
with over 4,325 farmers across the UK. 
This base, and the underlying robust demand for 
milk and dairy products, results in a reasonably 
stable overall demand for our feed in most 
market conditions. 

Our strategy
•  Utilise national operations platform
•  Continue to develop feed volumes 

across the country

•  Promote personal development with 

the NWF Academy

•  Increase nutritional range offering 
to over 4,325 farmers across the UK

Feeds: Market trends and responses
Ruminant market 3.5% lower 
in 2022
The ruminant market is reasonably stable 
and resilient. The reduction in 2022 was 
more significant in cattle than sheep as a 
result of good silage quantity and quality 
harvested in the summer of 2021. NWF 
is more focused on the dairy market and 
whilst dairy compound was resilient there 
was a marked reduction in blend demand 
in the year. With a strong milk price and 
stable demand for milk we are anticipating 
a stable market going forward. 

able to reformulate diets to ensure we 
maintain nutritional values whilst moving 
away from certain commodities.

Environmental impact of 
dairy farming
With increasing concerns with regard to 
the environmental impact of the food supply 
chain, NWF is well placed to advise on 
optimum nutrition to maximise yield and 
therefore minimise the environmental 
impact of a dairy farm. We work closely with 
our farming customers to meet the needs 
and specifications set out by retailers and 
dairies to support a good environmental 
approach. Our skilled technical team 
continues to look for new solutions and 
diets which can optimise production and 
reduce environmental impacts. Many of the 
raw materials used in feed production are 
by-products of the human food supply 
chain which therefore utilises what are, 
in effect, waste products.

Impact of commodity shortages 
and price volatility as a result 
of the Ukraine conflict
The market for commodities was 
increasing in price during the winter but 
then increased at unprecedented levels 
as a result of the impact of conflict in 
Ukraine. The price of a typical basket 
of commodities increased on the spot 
market by 35% from the start of 
February 2022 to a peak in early April. This 
has necessitated price increases being 
implemented across the market as we 
have moved into the summer period. 
In addition, some commodities have 
been in limited supply, but we have been 

  Read more about our ESG 
strategy on page 23

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Strategic report14

Business model

Focused on value creation

Industry insight
Excellence in customer service
Customer service is the number one priority, 
whether it is reaching nine out of ten callers who 
have run out of fuel on the same day, delivering 
excellent service levels in food or delivering to 
farm within 24 hours when needed by farmers.

Building on a solid platform
The Group has established a solid platform with 
strong profit development and cash conversion. 
Competitive banking facilities support the 
Group’s development.

Understanding our markets
Established in 1871, the Group adds value to our 
customers through an in-depth knowledge of the 
oil, food distribution and agricultural markets.

Strategic direction
Capital investment
Our strategy is to maintain a position of financial 
strength whilst growing the business through 
considered investment in people, plant 
and equipment.

Acquisitions
The Group’s strategy is to make key acquisitions to 
increase penetration, scale or geographic reach 
within its divisions.

Organic growth
Organic growth continues to be driven through our 
diversified and service led divisions.

e

a p i t a l  investment

C

e in custo m er s e r v i c

c
n
le
l
e
c
x
E

Creating 
shareholder 
value

O

r

g

a

n

i

c

g

r

o

w

t

h

Understanding ou r   m a r

s

t

e

k

B

uild

i
n

g

o

n

a

s

o

l

i

d

p

l

a
t
f
o
r
m

s
n

Acquisitio

Supported by our ESG strategy

Create  
a culture 
of safety

Invest 
in our people

Build 
strong 
partnerships

Respect 
the 
environment

Investment case

Strong management team
Solid track record with ambition 

Growth opportunities
Consolidate and optimise 

Asset backing
Strong balance sheet 

5Fuels acquisitions since 2019

1clear strategy

£213.9m

total assets

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
 
 
 
 
15

Three strong divisions

Value creation

Customers
Excellent service provided to over 
113,500 customers across the 
Group, our number one priority.

Total customers

113,500

(2021: 130,000)

Suppliers
Our partnerships with suppliers 
are vital to ensure we meet all 
stakeholder needs and play an 
essential role in our business. 

Environment
We recognise that we operate in 
industries that can have a significant 
impact on the environment and 
that we have a responsibility to 
minimise its impact.

Shareholders
Total shareholder return by 
the continued profitable 
development of our businesses 
through a combination of organic 
growth, capital investment and 
selective acquisitions.

  Read more about our 

engagement with suppliers 
on pages 35

  Read more about our ESG 
policies on pages 23-33

Total dividend per share

7.5p(2021: 7.2p)

  Read more about our 
engagement with 
shareholders on page 36

Fuels

• 

Industry leading customer service from 25 depots across 
the UK

•  Scale delivers efficiency and value for commercial and 

domestic customers

•  Delivery flexibility focusing on delivering to oil users who 

have experienced a run-out

•  Supply agreements with major oil companies for security 

of supply and competitive pricing

Food

•  Market leading national ambient grocery 

consolidation service

•  High service levels
•  Award winning IT team and industry leading systems 
with customers utilising live stock and delivery data
•  Efficient warehousing and transport delivering a value 
proposition for food manufacturers and importers

•  High warehouse and vehicle asset utilisation

Feeds

•  Key nutritional advisor to over 4,325 ruminant farmers 

across the UK

•  Technical support for farmers to improve yields and farm 

profitability

•  Class leading customer service
•  Manufacture of high quality products 
•  High asset utilisation of mills and blend sheds delivering 

value to customers

•  Efficient transport fleet delivering direct to farm

Focus on returns
Return on capital  
employed is a key metric

30.3%

headline ROCE

Good cash generation
£21.3 million of cash generated  
from operating activities

Growing dividend
Increased dividend for 
11 consecutive years

97.7%cash conversion

7.5ptotal dividend per share

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Strategic report16

Group financial review

Results significantly ahead 
of expectations at the start 
of the financial year

Summary
•  Headline profit before tax of £20.9 million 

(2021: £11.9 million).

•  Profit before tax of £12.0 million 

(2021: £10.8 million).

•  Diluted headline EPS of 34.8p (2021: 20.4p).
•  Net cash/(debt) (excluding lease liabilities) 

of £9.0 million (2021: £(5.7) million).

•  The balance sheet remains in a robust position 
with the Group cash positive at the year end for 
the first time, highlighting the resilience of the 
Group and providing significant capacity to 
support investment driven growth.

Group results
Group revenue increased by 30.0% to £878.6 million (2021: 
£675.6 million) with revenue growth from significantly higher 
commodity prices in Fuels and Feeds. Headline operating profit 
was £21.8 million, an increase of 69.0% (2021: £12.9 million). 
Operating profit increased 9.1% to £13.2 million 
(2021: £12.1 million).

Financing costs decreased by £0.1 million to £1.2 million. The 
interest on bank debt was £0.4 million (2021: £0.5 million) and 
headline interest cover was 54.5x (excluding IAS 19 net pension 
finance costs and IFRS 16 lease interest) (2021: 25.8x).

Headline profit before taxation increased by 75.6% to a record 
result of £20.9 million (2021: £11.9 million). Profit before taxation 
increased by £1.2 million to £12.0 million (2021: £10.8 million). 
There were net exceptional (non-cash) items in the year of 
£8.3 million relating to the impairment of Feeds goodwill 
and fixed assets announced in our half-year results 
(2021: £0.5 million).

The tax charge for the year was £3.6 million (2021: £3.0 million). 
The effective tax rate for the year was 30.0% (or 19.4% 
excluding impairment) (2021: 19.4%). The post-tax profit 
for the year was £8.4 million (2021: £7.8 million).

Cash generation of £14.7 million 
resulting in a positive net cash 
position of £9.0 million.”

Chris Belsham
Group Finance Director

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

17

The headline earnings per share of 35.0p 
represented an increase of 71.6% (2021: 
20.4p); diluted headline earnings per share 
increased by 70.6% to 34.8p (2021: 20.4p). 
The proposed full year dividend per share 
increased by 4.2% to 7.5p which reflects the 
strong performance and the Board’s confidence 
in the prospects of the business. The 
proposed dividend equates to a dividend 
cover ratio of 4.6x.

The finance costs in respect of the defined 
benefit pension scheme were £0.3 million 
(2021: £0.3 million).

Balance sheet summary
The Group increased net assets by £8.6 million 
to £68.1 million (31 May 2021: £59.5 million) 
reflecting a profit for the year of £8.4 million 
(2021: £7.8 million), strong cash conversion 
and the reduction in the IAS 19 deficit on the 
defined benefit pension scheme which 
together more than offset the impairment of 
goodwill and fixed assets.

Tangible and intangible fixed assets 
decreased by £10.1 million to £68.1 million 
as at 31 May 2022 (31 May 2021: £78.2 million) 
as a result of the impairment of goodwill and 
fixed assets in Feeds. The depreciation 
(excluding IFRS 16 depreciation on right of 
use assets) and amortisation charges for 
the year to 31 May 2022 were £4.6 million and 
£0.5 million respectively (2021: £4.5 million 
and £0.7 million respectively).

Group level ROCE (based on headline 
operating profit) is 30.3% as at 31 May 2022 
(31 May 2021: 15.8%).

Net working capital increased by £1.5 million 
in the year as higher commodity costs required 
additional working capital in Feeds. The 
Group’s inventories increased by £3.2 million 
to £9.8 million (31 May 2021: £6.6 million) with 
trade and other receivables increasing to 
£96.2 million (31 May 2021: £72.1 million) and 
an increase in trade and other payables to 
£100.6 million (31 May 2021: £74.8 million).

Net debt (excluding lease liabilities) decreased 
by £14.7 million to a net cash position of £9.0 
million (31 May 2021: £5.7 million), as a result of 
capital expenditure being lower than planned, 
ongoing disciplined cash management and a 
strong trading performance. At the year end, 
the Group’s net debt to headline EBITDA ratio 
was -0.3x (2021: 0.3x).

The deficit of the Group’s defined benefit 
pension scheme decreased by £5.6 million to 
£9.3 million (31 May 2021: £14.9 million). The 
value of pension scheme assets decreased 
by £5.4 million to £39.7 million (31 May 2021: 
£45.1 million) as a result of actuarial losses 
on plan assets offset to an extent by employer 
contributions. The value of the scheme liabilities 
decreased by £11.0 million to £49.0 million 
(31 May 2021: £60.0 million) driven by a 
significant increase in the discount rate used 

to calculate the present value of the future obligations (31 May 2022: 3.45%; 31 May 2021: 
2.00%). The discount rate is based on the yield available on AA rated corporate bonds, which 
have increased during the year.

Group results for the year ended 31 May 2022

Revenue

Cost of sales and administrative expenses

Headline operating profit¹

Exceptional items

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Operating profit

Financing costs

Headline profit before tax¹

Exceptional items

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Net finance cost in respect of defined benefit pension scheme

Profit before taxation

Income tax expense

Profit for the year

Headline EPS¹

Diluted headline EPS¹

Dividend per share

Headline dividend cover¹

Headline interest cover

2022
£m

878.6

(865.4)

2021
£m

675.6

(663.5)

21.8

(8.3)

(0.3)

13.2

(1.2)

20.9

(8.3)

(0.3)

(0.3)

12.0

(3.6)

8.4

35.0p

34.8p

7.5p

4.6

54.5

12.9

(0.5)

(0.3)

12.1

(1.3)

11.9

(0.5)

(0.3)

(0.3)

10.8

(3.0)

7.8

20.4p

20.4p

7.2p

2.8

25.8

1 

 Headline operating profit is statutory operating profit of £13.2 million (2021: £12.1 million) before exceptional items of 
£8.3 million (2021: £0.5 million) and amortisation of acquired intangibles of £0.3 million (2021: £0.3 million). Headline profit 
before taxation is statutory profit before taxation of £12.0 million (2021: £10.8 million) after adding back the net finance 
cost in respect of the Group’s defined benefit pension scheme of £0.3 million (2021: £0.3 million), the exceptional items 
and amortisation of acquired intangibles. Headline EPS also takes into account the taxation effect thereon. Headline 
dividend cover is calculated using diluted headline EPS.

Balance sheet as at 31 May 2022

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

Right of use assets

Net working capital

Reimbursement assets

Derivative financial instruments

Net cash/(debt) (excluding IFRS 16 lease liabilities)

Lease liabilities

Provision for liabilities

Current income tax (liabilities)/assets

Deferred income tax liabilities 

Retirement benefit obligations

Net assets

2022
£m

68.1

27.5

5.4

2.8

0.2

9.0

(28.2)

(3.8)

(0.4)

(3.2)

(9.3)

68.1

2021
(1restated)
£m

78.2

25.4

3.9

3.0

0.1

(5.7)

(25.6)

(3.4)

0.4

(1.9)

(14.9)

59.5

1 

 A £3.0 million provision for liabilities has been recognised as at 31 May 2021 in respect third-party claims made against 
the Group, but which are indemnified under the terms of its insurance policy. A corresponding reimbursement asset 
of £3.0 million has been recognised as at 31 May 2021. As the Group expects, on average, insurance claims to be settled 
within one year which is driven by a review of the historic claims data, recognition of these balances is made within 
current assets and current liabilities. The impact on the brought forward balance sheet at 1 June 2020 would be the 
inclusion of a provision for insurance claims of £2.9 million and a corresponding re-imbursement asset of £2.9 million in 
respect of third party claims made against the Group, but which were indemnified under the terms of its insurance policy.

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Strategic report18

Group financial review continued

Cash flow and banking facilities
The closing net cash (excluding IFRS 16 lease 
liabilities) was £9.0 million (2021: net debt 
£5.7 million).

The cash impact of working capital movements 
was a cash outflow of £0.7 million. Net cash 
generated from operating activities and after 
IFRS 16 lease payments was £21.3 million 
(2021: £13.9 million) representing a cash 
conversion ratio of 97.7% of headline 
operating profit (2021: 107.8%).

Net capital expenditure in the year at £3.2 million 
(2021: £3.0 million) was lower than the annual 
depreciation charge, excluding IFRS 16 
depreciation, of £4.6 million (2021: £4.5 million).

The Group’s banking facilities, totalling 
£65.0 million, were renewed in June 2018 
and are committed through to 31 October 2023 
with the exception of the bank overdraft 
facility of £1.0 million and the £4.0 million 
bank guarantee facility which are renewed 
annually. There remains substantial facility 
headroom available to support the 
development of the Group. Within the total 
facility of £65.0 million, the Group has an 
invoice discounting facility, the availability 
of which depends on the level of trade 
receivables available for refinancing and 
which is subject to a maximum drawdown 
of £50.0 million. The banking facilities are 
provided subject to ongoing compliance 
with conventional banking covenants 
against which the Group has substantial 
levels of headroom.

Cash flow and banking facilities for the year ended 31 May 2022

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital and 
provisions

Working capital movements

Interest paid

Tax paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Capital expenditure (net of receipts from disposals)

Acquisition of subsidiaries – cash paid (net of cash acquired)

Net cash used in investing activities

Net decrease in bank borrowings

Repayment of capital element of leases

Dividends paid

2022
£m

34.4

(0.7)

(0.9)

(2.7)

30.1

(3.2)

—

(3.2)

(9.5)

(8.8)

(3.5)

2021
£m

22.4

2.4

(1.0)

(2.8)

21.0

(3.0)

(1.1)

(4.1)

(7.7)

(7.1)

(3.4)

Net cash used in financing activities

(21.8)

(18.2)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

5.1

4.0

9.1

(1.3)

5.3

4.0

scenario, the Group would still expect to have 
sufficient headroom in its financing facilities.

Accordingly, the Directors, having made 
suitable enquiries, and based on financial 
performance to date and forecasts along 
with the available banking facilities, have 
a reasonable expectation that the Group 
has adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable 
future. The Group therefore continues to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting 
in preparing the annual financial statements.

Share price
The market price per share of the 
Group’s shares at 31 May 2022 was 
220.0p (31 May 2021: 212.0p) and the 
range of market prices during the year 
was between 187.0p and 230.0p. 

Chris Belsham
Group Finance Director
2 August 2022

Going concern
The Group has an agreement with NatWest 
Group for credit facilities totalling £65.0 
million. With the exception of the bank 
overdraft facility of £1.0 million and the 
£4.0 million bank guarantee facility, which 
are renewed annually, these facilities are 
committed through to 31 October 2023. 
The Group’s banking facilities, provided by 
NatWest Group, were renewed on 29 June 2018 
and are committed until 31 October 2023. 
The Group is profitable, cash generative, has 
a strong balance sheet position and a good 
relationship with its lender. As such, there 
are no concerns regarding the refinancing of 
the Group’s facilities which is expected to 
complete in 2023. As at 31 May 2022 the 
Group had available funds of £70.1 million 
(based on cash balances, invoice discounting 
availability, RCF and overdraft facilities), 
against which the Group was utilising £Nil.

The Board has prepared cash flow forecasts 
for the period to 31 May 2024. Under this base 
case scenario, the Group is expected to 
continue to have significant headroom 
relative to the funding available to it and 
to comply with its banking covenants.

The Board has also considered a severe 
downside scenario based on a significant 
and sustained reduction in Fuels’ profitability 
alongside underperformance in Food and 
Feeds. This downside scenario excludes any 
mitigating actions that the Board would be 
able to take to reduce costs. Under this 

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Principal risks and uncertainties

19

A robust risk 
management process

Effective risk management aids decision making, underpins the delivery 
of the Group’s strategy and objectives and helps to ensure that the risks 
the Group takes are adequately assessed and actively managed. 

Risk management framework
The Board is ultimately responsible for the Group’s risk management 
framework. The risk management process involves the identification 
and prioritisation of key risks, the development of appropriate 
controls and plans for mitigation, together with a comprehensive 
system of review. There are a number of ways in which risks are 
identified and assessed across the Group.

At a divisional level, the management teams are responsible for 
identifying and assessing new risks, as well as monitoring existing 
risks. Risks are assessed using consistent measurements of impact 
and likelihood. Changes to existing risks, the emergence of new risks 
and plans for mitigation are discussed at monthly management 
meetings held with the Executive Directors, and recorded in the 
respective divisional risk register, as appropriate. The divisional 
management teams are responsible for the maintenance of their 
respective divisional risk registers. Each divisional risk register 
is reviewed twice a year by the Executive Directors.

At a Group level, there is a continuous process of considering risk. 
New and emerging risks are identified through the reviews conducted 
at a divisional level, the experience brought by the Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors and as a result of the engagement of certain 
external specialists in areas including IT security, health and safety, 
pensions, taxation and climate. At a divisional level, each risk is 
assessed based upon its impact and likelihood. The Group maintains 
a consolidated risk register whereby each recorded risk has a 
designated owner who is responsible for ensuring that effective 
controls are in place to mitigate the risk. The consolidated Group risk 
register is reviewed at least twice a year by the Audit Committee.

The Board obtains assurance that the risk management and related 
control systems in place are effective through a rolling programme 
of risk and controls testing across the Group and internal control 
updates to the Audit Committee at each meeting. Further details can 
be found on page 47. 

As with all businesses, the Group is affected by a number of risks and 
uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. The table overleaf 
shows the principal risks and uncertainties which could have a 
material adverse impact on the Group. This is not an exhaustive list 
and there may be risks and uncertainties of which the Board is not 
aware, or which are believed to be immaterial, which could have an 
adverse effect on the Group.

Risk management framework

Identify risk
•  Divisional reviews
•  Executive and Non-Executive Directors
•  External specialists

Assess risk
Impact
• 
•  Likelihood

Respond
•  Avoid
•  Mitigate
•  Transfer

Implement mitigation
•  Controls
•  Designated owner

Review performance
•  Risk and controls testing
•  Updates to Audit Committee

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Strategic report20

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk impact key

 Increased 

 No change 

 Decreased 

1.  Impact of inflation and 
underlying cost growth

The Group is exposed to the impact 
of higher inflation and increases in 
underlying overhead costs. For the 
first time in a generation, the 
economy is entering a higher 
inflationary environment. 
Furthermore, the Group is exposed 
to cost accretion arising from 
increasing responsibilities around 
compliance, ESG and IT. These 
increases in central overheads are 
in addition to those arising from 
labour and general cost inflation 
across the businesses and put 
further pressure on overall Group 
profitability.

The Group management team 
is responsible for monitoring 
and responding to increases 
in the cost environment by 
implementing appropriate cost 
control measures and pricing 
strategies. 

The Group continues to balance 
the level of costs incurred with 
the needs of its stakeholders.

t
c
a
p
m

i

d
n
a
n
o
i
t
p
i
r
c
s
e
d
k
s
i
R

s
n
o
i
t
c
a
g
n
i
t
a
g
i
t
i
M

2.  Employee availability

3.  Commodity prices and 

volatility in raw 
material prices 

The Group’s Feeds and Fuels 
divisions operate in sectors which 
are vulnerable to volatile 
commodity prices both for fuel 
and for raw materials.

In the aftermath of the Covid-19 
pandemic there is a shortage of 
employees generally in the UK 
market. This could lead to 
significant wage inflation which 
the Group will need to respond to, 
and it may not be possible to pass 
these additional costs on to 
customers. 

The Group has successfully 
managed availability of drivers by 
reducing reliance on agency 
drivers to ensure it is less exposed 
to short-term fluctuations in 
driver availability. The Group is 
keeping employee pay and terms 
and conditions under review and 
where necessary has made 
changes to retain employees with 
the increased cost reflected in the 
charges to customers where 
possible. The Group is 
investigating ways to improve the 
work environment and non-
financial benefits to assist in 
employee retention.

The Group maintains close 
relationships with key suppliers, 
enabling optimal negotiated 
prices, and where appropriate 
implements purchasing 
framework agreements. The 
Feeds business utilises forward 
contracts for key raw materials to 
ensure that impact of volatility 
can be partially mitigated through 
committed prices and volumes.

Multiple sources of supply are 
maintained for all key raw 
materials.

New principal risk

Changes in the macroeconomic 
and regulatory environment result 
in increased cost pressure on 
the Group.

e
g
n
a
h
C

Remains a principal risk.

Increases in commodity prices 
have been successfully managed 
through the year in Fuels. 
Increases in commodities 
impacted the performance of 
Feeds during the first half of the 
year but were successfully 
managed in the second half.

4.  Transitional risks 
of climate change

The long-term profitability of our 
current businesses is more likely 
to be impacted by Government 
strategy and policy in relation to 
the decarbonisation of the 
economy, rather than as a direct 
impact of climate change. The 
view of the Board is that the main 
risk to the Group is a transitional 
risk as the Government introduces 
policies which could negatively 
impact the Group.

There are also potential additional 
costs to the Group, arising from 
the need to redesign and replace 
infrastructure as a result of 
ambitions towards 
decarbonisation.

The Directors monitor the 
regulatory environment on 
an ongoing basis to identify 
and anticipate changes in 
requirements which may impact 
the Group and also consider 
the impact on the financial 
statements.

For consideration of the 
longer-term impacts of 
climate-related risks on the 
demand for oil, see CEO Q&A 
on page 6.

New principal risk

Changes in the regulatory 
environment and focus on 
decarbonisation of the economy 
may result in long-term risk to 
Group profitability.

r •  RPI/CPI inflation rates

•  Absolute overhead costs

k
s
i
r
y
e
K

o
t
a
c
d
n

i

i

•  Employee survey results – 
net promoter score (‘NPS’)
•  Voluntary labour turnover

•  Brent Crude oil prices
•  Raw material commodity prices

•  Government consultations 
and ambitions towards 
decarbonisation

The impact of the macroeconomic 
environment is monitored by the 
senior management team.

The key risk indicators are 
matched to the Group’s ESG KPI 
metrics and reported monthly to 
the Board.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

t
h
g
i
s
r
e
v
o

The Executive team meets with 
the senior management teams in 
each division each month, to 
review and discuss performance, 
including consideration of the 
impact of input price volatility.

The Board is responsible for 
managing the long-term 
transitional risks to the Group.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21

5.  Pension scheme volatility

6.  Recruitment, retention and 

development of our key people

7.  Infrastructure and IT systems

Increases in the ongoing deficit associated 
with the Group’s defined benefit pension 
scheme would adversely impact on the 
strength of the Group’s balance sheet and 
could lead to an increase in cash contributions 
payable by the Group.

Recruiting and retaining the right people 
is crucial for the success of the Group and 
its development.

Furthermore, the Group is entering a stage 
of transition at the Board and senior executive 
level as a consequence of planned retirements. 
There is a risk around a limited number of key 
Executives across the Group. 

IT system failures or business interruption 
events (such as cyber incidents) could have a 
material impact on the Group’s ability to 
operate effectively. 

The defined benefit pension scheme has been 
closed to new entrants since 2002 and closed 
to future accrual since April 2016. Regular 
meetings are held with both the scheme’s 
trustees and professional advisors to monitor 
and review the investment policy, the Group’s 
funding requirements and any other available 
opportunities to mitigate this risk.

Remuneration policies are regularly reviewed 
to ensure employees are appropriately 
incentivised. A succession planning exercise 
has been undertaken, with a Group succession 
plan developed which identifies and seeks 
to address any gaps. Key appointments are 
approved by the Nomination Committee. The 
Remuneration Committee also ensures that 
it receives appropriate benchmark data which 
is used in the monitoring and formulation of 
remuneration policy for key employees and 
Executives.

The Group has internal IT support teams 
together with close relationships with key 
software vendors and consultants. Significant 
investment has been made by the Group in 
upgrading and maintaining its core IT systems 
in each of the three operating divisions 
following the cyber incident in the prior year. 
During the year, the Group appointed a Chief 
Information and Digital Officer (‘CIDO’) to 
further strengthen IT leadership at a senior 
level and has continued its relationship with 
its external Chief Information and Security 
Officer (‘CISO’).

Remains a principal risk.

Remains a principal risk.

Remains a principal risk.

t
c
a
p
m

i

d
n
a
n
o
i
t
p
i
r
c
s
e
d
k
s
i
R

s
n
o
i
t
c
a
g
n
i
t
a
g
i
t
i
M

e
g
n
a
h
C

r •  RPI/CPI inflation rates

o
t
a
c
d
n

i

i

•  Mortality rate assumptions
•  Scheme asset performance

k
s
i
r
y
e
K

•  Key Executive remuneration
•  Executive retention rate
•  Executive objective achievement

•  IT investment as a proportion of Group 

operating profit

The Executive team provides the Board 
with regular updates from meetings with 
the scheme trustees and advice taken from 
professional advisors.

The Remuneration Committee meets three 
times a year and is responsible for reviewing 
and approving Executive level recruitment 
and remuneration policies.

The Group CIDO and CISO provide regular 
updates to the Executive team and the Board.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

t
h
g
i
s
r
e
v
o

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Strategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk impact key

 Increased 

 No change 

 Decreased 

8.  Non-compliance with  

legislation and regulations

9.  Impact of weather on  
earnings volatility

10.  Strategy development and  

change management

The Group operates in diverse markets and 
each sector has its own regulatory and 
compliance frameworks which require ongoing 
monitoring to ensure that the Group maintains 
full compliance with all legislative and 
regulatory requirements. Any incident of major 
injury or fatality or which results in significant 
environmental damage could result in 
reputational or financial damage to the Group.

The demand for both the Feeds and Fuels 
divisions is impacted by weather conditions 
and the severity of winter conditions, which 
directly affect the short-term demand for 
heating oil and animal feeds. The inherent 
uncertainty regarding weather conditions 
represents a risk of volatility in the profitability 
of the Fuels and Feeds divisions.

Significant development of the Group is only 
achievable via a significant acquisition or 
several smaller transactions. The current 
strategic plan is focused on Fuels acquisitions, 
which tend to be smaller and therefore do 
not represent a significant risk on an 
individual basis. 

Expertise within the operating divisions is 
supplemented by ongoing advice from 
professional advisors and the involvement of 
the Head Office function which closely 
monitors existing business practices and any 
anticipated changes in regulatory practices or 
requirements.

The Group employs appropriately qualified and 
experienced health and safety personnel and 
retains health and safety specialists to ensure 
compliance.

Whilst the Fuels division seeks to mitigate this 
risk through the provision of a range of fuels 
including commercial fuels, there will always 
be volatility in the profitability of the Fuels 
division related to weather. The Feeds division 
seeks to mitigate the extent of weather 
conditions on the profitability of the business 
through its concentration on the key dairy 
sector where there is a strong underlying 
demand.

The Board maintains oversight of Group 
strategy development. The Group management 
team is engaged in ongoing review of 
competitor activity, development, acquisition 
and market opportunities. All potential 
acquisitions are subject to a review of their 
ability to generate a return on capital employed 
and their strategic fit with the Group. The 
Group conducts appropriate internal and 
external due diligence prior to completing 
any acquisition.

Remains a principal risk.

Remains a principal risk in Fuels and Feeds.

Remains a principal risk.

t
c
a
p
m

i

d
n
a
n
o
i
t
p
i
r
c
s
e
d
k
s
i
R

s
n
o
i
t
c
a
g
n
i
t
a
g
i
t
i
M

e
g
n
a
h
C

r •  Number of LTIs/RIDDORs
•  Employee training hours
•  Number of HMRC inspections

o
t
a
c
d
n

i

i

k
s
i
r
y
e
K

•  Volatility of earnings
•  Number and severity of weather events

•  Performance of acquisitions against 

business case

Divisional Managing Directors are responsible 
for compliance with laws and regulations and 
provide regular updates to the Board via the 
Company Secretary.

The Executive team meets with the senior 
management teams each month, to review 
and discuss performance, including 
consideration of the impact of weather 
events on earnings volatility.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

t
h
g
i
s
r
e
v
o

The Executive team performs periodic 
strategic reviews of the Group and presents 
these to the Board for discussion and debate.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ESG

23

Developing our ESG 
framework and ambitions

Introduction from the Chief Executive 
– Richard Whiting
During the year work has continued at both a Group and a divisional 
level to develop our ESG strategy and reporting framework. Whilst 
good progress has been made in the last two years to support 
sustainability initiatives, the Board recognises its responsibility to 
drive further improvement and focus by identifying our long-term 
ambitions, our key performance indicators and appropriate targets 
against which we will measure our progress.

Our principal focus for the year has been to establish a more 
structured approach to managing ESG around the Group and at a 
divisional level there are a significant number of actions and 
initiatives underway. Our aim for the year was to bring these together 
in order to manage, report and develop our approach to ESG in a more 
structured and strategic manner. 

A key development in the year has been the establishment of our 
ESG Steering Committee, comprising Executive Directors, the 
senior management team and key individuals from the divisions. 
A requirement when forming this Committee was to ensure it 
included the appropriate mix of skills, experience, and operational 
and commercial knowledge to address the ESG risks and opportunities 
relevant to NWF. We recognise that to realise the full value from our 
sustainability strategy, we must continue to identify opportunities, 
develop initiatives and embed these throughout our businesses and 
operations with progress regularly reported back to the Board; the 
ESG Steering Committee plays a key role in achieving this.

We have progressed a number of workstreams during the year in order 
to improve the value added by our sustainability strategy. Our focus in 
the autumn was engaging with our divisions to identify the key measures 
which, as a Group or an individual division, would provide the most relevant 
indication of performance against our four strategic pillars. Given the 
diverse nature of our three operations, a specific challenge was to identify 
measures which are relevant and appropriate for all. Our ESG update on 
pages 28 to 33 comprises predominantly Group consolidated metrics, but 
we also include a number of division specific measures where we have 
concluded these are more appropriate and useful. 

Having established a reporting framework, we have subsequently 
spent time embedding this in our monthly reporting cycle to the 
Board, so that ESG reporting sits alongside our financial reporting. 
Furthermore, another significant area of focus for the ESG Steering 
Committee has been identifying, developing and progressing the key 

Strategic objectives

Invest  
in our 
people

Respect  
the 
environment

Create  
a culture 
of safety

Build  
strong 
partnerships

initiatives that will drive performance against these metrics. 
These are reported in further detail over pages 24 to 33.

Finally, we have challenged ourselves to develop our ESG Roadmap, 
in which we reflect on our progress to date and begin to map out the 
work the Group plans to undertake over the next two years, and in the 
longer term, in order to make progress towards our 2040 ambitions. 
Our ESG Roadmap to 2040 is detailed on pages 26 and 27. Specific 
areas of focus for next year will be for the Group to prepare its first 
full TCFD disclosure (see page 32 for our response to TCFD) and to 
set further specific targets against each of our KPI measures.

Focus on people
Our people are the focus of this year’s Annual Report, allowing us 
to showcase how our employees have contributed directly towards 
NWF’s performance, strategy and ESG progress during the year. 

Throughout our report we have selected specific case studies to celebrate 
the achievements of some of our people during FY22 and demonstrate 
how individuals at NWF are contributing towards our strategic ambitions.

I would like to thank all of our people for their continued efforts 
and commitment to the Group. 

Richard Whiting
Chief Executive

Together, we are working to deliver 
long-term sustainable value.”

Richard Whiting
Chief Executive

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

ESG framework24

ESG continued

Our material issues

During FY20 the Group undertook a materiality assessment to identify 
the sustainability topics deemed most significant to NWF’s 
employees, investors, customers and communities. 

As a result, NWF was able to develop a materiality matrix to prioritise 
these issues based on those identified as being most significant to 
stakeholders and where NWF could have the greatest impact.

Assessment of these material topics enabled NWF to identify and 
develop its sustainability framework, based around four strategic 
pillars. Each pillar represents an area where NWF could have 
the greatest positive impact. 

During FY22, NWF was assisted by external advisors to perform 
a review of these material topics to evaluate completeness and 
relevance, benchmarking against our peers and assessing the 
degree of coverage of these topics in order to identify any gaps 
that needed to be addressed. 

As a result of this work, the Group is satisfied that the material topics 
identified remain significant and relevant but identified further 
material issues which require focus and incorporation into our ESG 
framework. These included diversity and inclusion, and community 
relations. As a Group we have a number of examples of community 
initiatives (see the ‘Partnerships’ section of our Sustainability Report 
on page 31 and Section 172 Stakeholder Engagement on page 35. Over 
the next year the Group will seek to embed these initiatives into our 
ESG framework with regular reporting on community engagement to 
the ESG Steering Committee. 

In our ESG Roadmap to 2040, we outline our ‘People’ ambition to 
deliver a culture of equality, diversity and inclusion. In the short term 
our focus will be to identify appropriate measures for this and 
determine ways in which the recruitment, training and development 
of our people can support this ambition. For more information on 
our approach to diversity and inclusion, see the Q&A with our CEO 
on page 6.

Strategic objectives

2020 material topics identified

2022 additional material issues identified

Create a culture of safety

Invest in our people

Build strong partnerships

Respect the environment

•  Safety first
•  Road risk management
•  Fleet management

•  Employee engagement
•  Training and development

•  Customer relations
•  Supply chain management

•  Operating responsibly
•  Climate change and carbon 

emissions

1. Safety first 

2. Road risk management

3. Employee engagement

4. Customer relationships/service

5. Fleet management

6. Climate change and carbon emissions

7. Training and development

8. Operating responsibly/responsible resources

9. Supply chain management

p
u
o
r
G
F
W
N
r
o
f
e
c
n
a
c
i
f
i
n
g
S

i

Diversity and inclusion

Community relations

ESG reporting  
and disclosure

More significant

8

5

6

7

9

1/2

3/4

M
o
r
e
s
i
g
n
i
f
i
c
a
n
t

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Significance for stakeholders

 
 
 
 
25

What we have achieved so far

The Group has made significant progress on its ESG framework in 2022.

Create a culture of safety
The health, safety and welfare of our employees 
and the wider community are a top priority in our 
operations across all of our divisions. Our safety 
practices are overseen by Health and Safety 
Officers and are assisted by the engagement of 
specialist external advisors. Regular audits are 
undertaken as well as internal monthly and 
external annual reporting to the Board.

 For more information see page 28

Number of RIDDORS

9-25%

22 

21 

20 

9

12

17

Invest in our people
Our long-term success is dependent on our 
people. We are committed to building a 
workforce for the future where our people are 
healthy and happy and can fulfil their potential. 
We recognise that engaged employees, who feel 
valued, are crucial to our business, and it also 
means they continue to be motivated and deliver 
the best possible service to our customers.

 For more information see pages 29 – 30

Voluntary labour turnover

12.4%

2021: 7.2%

Build strong partnerships
The strength of our partnerships is at the heart 
of every decision we make. We continue to seek 
new ways to collaborate and innovate with our 
customers and suppliers to deliver long-term 
sustainable value.

 For more information see page 31

Group OTIF

90.6%

Respect the environment
We strive for continual improvement when it 
comes to our environmental performance, 
monitoring carbon emissions and waste across 
our supply chain and promoting a healthy 
environment.

 For more information see pages 32 – 33

Scope 1, 2 & 3 emissions (tCO2e)

30,062

-2.1%

22 

21 

20 

30,062

30,699

31,533

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

ESG framework26

ESG continued

Our ESG roadmap to 2040

Our sustainability progress and future goals
Since our last report, NWF Group has further developed our commitment 
to delivering long-term sustainable value by defining our 2040 ambitions 
and aligning our reporting measures to drive progress towards them. 
Critical to our success is collaboration between our divisions and key 
stakeholders and our focus going forward will be to define key milestone 
targets against which we can measure our progress.

Strategic objectives

Create a culture of safety

Build strong partnerships

Invest in our people

Respect the environment

Where did  
we start?

Where we  
are now?

What will we do over 
the next 2 years?

2020

2022

2023

2024

•  NWF Group developed its 

sustainability strategy, embedding 
ESG within its existing corporate 
governance and reporting framework.

•  Sustainability Policy developed and 

• 

shared with key stakeholders.
Identification of priority objectives 
and ambitions. 

•  Began reporting on environmental 

impact with SECR disclosure.

Priority objectives

Create a culture of safety to protect our 
employees and the wider community.

Build a workforce for the future 
where our people are healthy, happy 
and can fulfil their potential.

Collaborate and innovate with our 
customers and suppliers to deliver 
long-term sustainable solutions.

Reduce carbon, emissions and waste 
across our value chain and champion 
environmental stewardship.

2020 Baseline metrics
•  1,517 driver training hours in Food.
•  17 RIDDORS.
•  18 Feeds Academy Trainees.
•  Total emissions 31,533tCO2e.
•  21.21 tCO2e/sq ft1.
1 

 tCO2e/year defined as tonnes of CO2 equivalent 
per year.

•  Commitment to 4 long-term ESG 

• 

• 

ambitions including a net zero target.
Identification of key ESG reporting 
measures across 4 strategic 
objectives.
Initial target setting and specific 
ESG initiatives identified.

•  Establishment of ESG Steering 
Committee to further drive the 
Sustainability agenda within  
NWF Group.

•  The Group is preparing to share 

its first full TCFD disclosure, which 
will be reported in the year ending 
31 May 2023.

•  Further development of ESG initiatives.
•  Embedding ESG initiatives within 

NWF business model.

•  Continued investment in fleet and 
trialling of emerging technologies.

Key achievements

Key targets

Key safety metrics defined and 
health and safety specific initiatives 
discussed monthly by the ESG 
Steering Committee.

The Group has developed a “Supply 
Chain Policy” and will begin to share this 
with our key suppliers during FY23.

Partnering with The Happiness 
Index our first Group-wide 
employee survey has been 
completed.

An assessment of environmental 
impact (including carbon emissions 
impact) is now included in all major 
capital investment projects.

  For more information on 
our ESG initiatives see 
pages 28 to 33

Aim to reduce number of road 
accidents, lost time injuries 
and RIDDORs from current 
reported metrics.

Maintain and improve OTIF scores 
and set a target to sign up a 
percentage of our suppliers to 
our Supply Chain Policy.

Roll out further employee 
engagement surveys and identify 
key areas to improve employee 
satisfaction and wellbeing. Set a 
target for our net promoter score 
by division.

All fleet to meet EURO 6 standards 
and focus on driver behaviour to 
improve MPG.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

27

ESG Initiatives developed during 2022

•  In Spring 2022 we partnered with 

•  During the prior year, Fuels 

“The Happiness Index” and rolled out the 
first in a new program of Group-wide 
employee engagement surveys. Use 
of this platform will ensure that NWF 
is able to regularly gain feedback from 
our colleagues, helping us find ways to 
improve their experience at work and 
invest in their skills and development.

established distribution of lower 
carbon part-renewable HVO30 (diesel 
containing 30% hydro-treated vegetable 
oil) product to commercial and 
agricultural customers, on a trial basis. 
In 2022, our fuel depot in Broadlands 
began using HVO30 to fuel its own 
tankers to make customer deliveries. 
As a Group we are considering if use 
of HVO30 as an alternative fuel source 
could be rolled out across more of our 
fleet, enabling us to start making steps 
towards carbon reduction.

•  An ESG Steering Committee has been 
established comprising members of 
the Executive Directors and Senior 
Management Team from each division. 
The Committee meet on a monthly basis 
with the remit of sharing best-practice, 
identifying and driving the ESG agenda, 
agreeing and reviewing ESG metrics and 
setting appropriate targets. 

  For more information on our ESG 
initiatives during 2022 see page 23

Suppliers

What are our longer term 
commitments and ambitions?

2025>

Embed a behavioural safety approach to encourage 
positive open dialogue about safety in all our operations.

Improve standards and policies, risk assessments and 
collaboration with our supply chain to maximise 
positive impacts for our stakeholders.

Broaden our training and professional development 
programmes and wider employee wellness initiatives.

Continue to invest in latest truck technology and fuel 
sources, and plan for renewable energy transition.

s

E m plo y e e

C

o

m

m

u

n

it

y

Our 2040 ambitions
Zero-harm 
Reduce accidents and incidents to a  
minimal level with a zero-harm target.

Opportunities for all
Deliver a culture of equality, diversity and 
inclusion supported by a programme of 
development in place for every employee.

Leverage business partnerships
Develop, test and adopt emerging technologies 
to support sustainable delivery and value for 
our customers.

Net zero emissions
Achieve net zero carbon emissions  
within our own operations by 2040.

S

h

a

r

e

h

old

ers

u sto m ers

C

Environme n t

People and inclusion

NWF Group are committed to creating a 
culture of equality and inclusion. During 
the year, Paul Tubb, a driver in Food was 
selected as a “RHA Hero” by the Road 
Haulage Association. In the nomination 
submitted, our compliance team said; 
“Paul makes a fantastic contribution to 
our industry. He overcomes adversity 
every single day; coping with his 
prosthetic leg, but he always wears a 
smile and displays a positive attitude. 
Paul is a great colleague, presents an 
inspiring story for our industry and, we 
are sure, encourages others with similar 
disabilities to pursue a career in driving”.

  For more information regarding 
engagement with stakeholders  
see page 34 – 37

  For more information regarding the 
business model see pages 14 – 15

  For more information regarding  
risks and uncertainties see pages 19 – 22

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

ESG framework28

ESG continued

Our 2040 ambitions 

Zero harm
Reduce accidents and incidents to a 
minimal level with a zero-harm target

Implement a safety-first approach
We implement a safety-first approach in all 
activities and our 2040 ambition is to reduce 
accidents and incidents to a minimal level, 
with a zero-harm target. 

Focus on road safety
A common feature of our three divisions is 
their fleet and across the Group we operate 
over 300 commercial vehicles. Road safety 
for our employees and the general public is 
therefore of significant importance. All safety 
incidents, including personal injuries, 
product spills, road traffic accidents and 
near misses, are recorded and thoroughly 
investigated to identify the underlying 
causes, control weaknesses and learn from 
any errors. Health and safety information is 
reported to the Board monthly, with any 
incidents reported immediately and an 
improvement plan outlined. We continually 
work to improve our performance towards a 
goal of zero harm.

Progress in 2022
During the year we have identified the key 
reporting measures we will use to monitor 
our progress as a Group with regard to safety. 
The following initiatives are examples of the 
progress we have made in championing 
safety across the Group:
•  in February 2022 Fuels achieved ISO 9001, 
ISO 45001 and ISO 14001 accreditations;
•  regular health and safety audits of key 
locations by both internal and external 
parties; and

•  monthly reporting to the Board with an 
annual review by external advisors.

The Group monitors accidents and injuries in 
line with the Reporting of Injuries, Diseases 
and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations 
2013, and the number of reportable incidents 
across the Group in the year ended 31 May 
2022 was 9 (31 May 2021: 12).

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Create  
a culture 
of safety

Number of 
accidents per 1m 
km 

3.81 

Number of  
driver training  
hours per year 

LTIs 

23.1

RIDDORs 

9 

2021: 12

7,034 

Focus on:

Safety and 
driver behaviour
NWF is committed to a focus on road 
safety and driver behaviour. During the 
year, Gareth Bell from our Food division 
celebrated his 15th year working for 
NWF Group and was shortlisted for the 
national finals of the Microlise Driver 
of the Year Awards. 

Gareth was nominated in the ‘Driver 
Hero Award’ category after he came to 
the rescue of a driver who experienced 
a suspected heart attack while driving on 
the M6 motorway in January this year.

Speaking about Gareth’s actions to 
support the driver in need, Neil Trotter, 
our Food Transport Operations 
Director, said: “Gareth is a hugely 
committed and professional driver. 
He always puts the customer and the 
Company first and the support he 
provided to a driver who was driving 
erratically and dangerously on the 
motorway due to a serious health 
problem highlights his great awareness 
on the road and his empathy with 
fellow drivers.”

29

Invest  
in our people

Learning and development expenditure

£0.3m2021: £0.2m

Voluntary labour turnover

12.4% 

2021: 7.2%

Employee NPS 

6.0

•  Each division has a handful of people 

completing leadership and development 
programmes. In Food, our ‘warehouse to 
wheels’ programme offers warehouse 
workers the opportunity to go through 
training to become a driver, providing them 
with more job opportunities and flexibility. 
Food have successfully passed 13 new 
Class 1 drivers through this programme 
over the course of FY21 and FY22. 
A further 6 employees are undertaking 
this programme during FY23.

•  In the Fuels division our Head Office staff 
have been able to safely return to work, 
in a phased approach, allowing staff to 
benefit from the purpose-built new office 
environment, which we invested in during 
FY21. The facility provides employees with 
a modern, spacious workplace, with plenty 
of amenities such as free parking, a fitness 
studio and cycle storage, as well as 
capacity to expand.

•  Across the Group we celebrated 333 

employees (2021: 371 employees) with over 
ten years’ service, equivalent to one-third 
of our employees.

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Our 2040 ambitions

Opportunities for all 
Deliver a culture of equality, diversity and 
inclusion supported by a programme of 
development in place for every employee

Changing ways of working
Engagement with our employees has 
been a focus during the year and we have 
recognised that, post-pandemic, the Group 
should continue to offer flexible ways of 
working. As a result of consultation with 
our employees we have introduced an agile 
working policy to allow the opportunity for 
up to two days a week of remote working.

The following further initiatives demonstrate 
the outcomes of engagement with our 
employees and further development of ESG 
initiatives to develop our people and promote 
well-being across the Group:
•  During the year, the Group was pleased to 
safely reintroduce our regular programme 
of free fitness classes in our on-site studio 
provided by a local team of personal 
trainers. This service has subsequently 
been rolled out to our facility in Crewe with 
access to workouts also available via the 
web, for those colleagues working at 
remote sites.

•  The Group has entered into a partnership 
with ‘The Happiness Index’ and rolled out 
the first in a new programme of Group-
wide employee engagement surveys, the 
first of which was completed in spring 
2022. The results of these surveys will 
enable NWF to identify issues of 
importance to our people and drive 
improvements in their experience at work.

•  Our Feeds Sales Training Academy 

continues to thrive. The Academy was 
designed to produce the feed advisors 
of the future and help British farmers 
develop a sustainable and profitable 
future. The programme involves practical 
and technical courses which our trainees 
complete alongside work over an 18-month 
period. A third cohort of 10 trainees joined 
the Academy in September 2021 and a 
further 4 graduated from the programme 
during the year.

ESG framework30

ESG continued

Focus on: 

Investing in people and safety
NWF is committed to developing our people and providing support 
for career development. During the year, Dawn Davies from our Feeds 
division celebrated her 15th year working for NWF Group. Dawn joined 
Feeds in 2006 as part of the customer services team where she worked 
for several years. 

In addition to her role in the customer service department (‘CSD’), during 
quieter periods Dawn spent time assisting other departments, including 
health and safety, which she enjoyed. Dawn completed a trainer course and 
started delivering display screen assessments Display Screen Equipment 
(‘DSE’) assessments and manual handling training to her colleagues. 

In 2017, Dawn moved over to health and safety full time and since then NWF 
has supported her through her Level 6 Diploma in Health and Safety and she 
has become a graduate member of IOSH. Dawn aims to complete the IMEA 
environmental course and a teaching course so that she can deliver first 
aid training directly to our employees. The Group has been pleased to 
support Dawn through her career development and will continue to 
create opportunities for Dawn and others to develop and excel in 
their chosen fields.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

31

Build strong 
partnerships

OTIF

Fuels 89.0%
Food 96.7%
Feeds 86.2%

We have developed our Supply Chain 
Policy during 2022

Focus on: 

Working with 
customers to 
reduce waste
NWF is committed to working with 
customers and suppliers to reduce 
waste and minimise our environmental 
impact. Damages Supervisor Tash 
Parry has worked in our Food division 
for 33 years. Together with her team, 
Tash provides a unique service 
salvaging any damaged goods which 
might occur across our two Food sites.

The damages team receives all stock 
and sorts through any damaged items 
finding the best solution to salvage as 
much as possible. Working with the 
customers concerned, the team either 
makes arrangements to re-package or 
re-box the items so they can be 
returned to storage or, if the stock is 
unsalvageable, then arrangements are 
made for it to be donated to food banks 
in the local area. The team aims to 
reduce as much waste as possible 
which also generates cost savings for 
the customer and for the Company.

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Our 2040 ambitions 

Leverage business partnerships 
Develop, test and adopt emerging 
technologies to support sustainable 
delivery and value for our customers

Customer relationships
We want to gain a deeper understanding of 
our customers’ needs so we can continue to 
offer them more choice, better quality and 
improved standards, as well as great value.

The following initiatives demonstrate how we 
are seeking to improve engagement with our 
customers across the Group:
•  The Food division has worked with customers 
to develop a ‘Customer Welcome Pack’; 
detailing ways of working and industry best 
practice to support the customers preparing 
and presenting products in the warehouse. 
The pack includes information on the process 
of order management, KPIs and reporting, 
helping to manage customer expectations.

•  Furthermore, Food have begun issuing a 

quarterly newsletter to support customers 
by keeping them informed with regards to the 
latest industry insights across the transport, 
warehouse and grocery supply chain.
•  Through regular attendance at trade and 
agricultural shows, and its team of sales 
reps, the Feeds division has continued to 
engage directly with customers. 

•  Within Fuels we are participating in the 
UKIFDA domestic HVO trials, with eight 
properties on the trial offering free fuel 
until the trial finishes in early 2023. This 
campaign is being piloted across all major 
fuel distributors for 200 homes 
in conjunction with OFTEC.

Supply chain management
It is critical to NWF that we work together 
with suppliers to promote responsible 
business practices. As such, a key step 
forward for the Group in FY22 has been 
the development of our Supply Chain Policy 
which we intend to share with key suppliers 
during the first half of FY23.

Furthermore, the following ESG initiatives 
have been pursued during the year:
•  Our Feeds division has completed work with 
suppliers to create a range of compound 
feeds which do not contain soya or palm 
kernel, which have been launched under 
the ‘Sustain’ range of feeds.

•  Fuels has continued to distribute its lower 
carbon part-renewable HVO30 product to 
commercial and agricultural customers.
•  We are working with our commercial vehicle 
suppliers to understand if and how emerging 
technology around electric vehicles could 
benefit NWF Group. These discussions are 
early stage, but we will continue to research, 
test and seek to adopt these technologies if 
they prove a viable option.

ESG framework32

ESG continued

Respect  
the environment

MPG

Fuels 7.76
Food 10.32
Feeds 6.85

Fleet meeting EURO 6 standards

94% 

Average age of fleet 

3.14 years

LED lighting across sites

58% 

Our 2040 ambitions 

Net zero emissions 
Achieve net zero carbon emissions within 
our own operation by 2040

Our approach to ‘TCFD’
The Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (‘TCFD’) requires companies to 
identify, measure, quantify and report upon 
the risks and opportunities of climate 
change. As an AIM-listed Group it is not 
currently mandatory for NWF Group to make 
disclosures under the ‘TCFD’ framework and 
we will share our first full disclosure in next 
year’s Annual Report. However, the Board 
recognises that climate change is a principal 
risk (further detail on risks and uncertainties 

can be found on pages 19 to 22) and 
furthermore recognises its duty to 
stakeholders to operate the business 
in an ethical and responsible manner. 

As such, where relevant information is 
already available, relevant disclosures are 
provided in this Annual Report. Over the 
course of the coming year, the Group will 
continue to develop its reporting around the 
TCFD framework in order to provide full and 
detailed disclosures from FY23.

Pillars

Recommended disclosure

Governance Disclosure of governance 
structures, oversight and 
management processes in place 
to manage climate-related risks 
and opportunities.

NWF alignment
•  Responsibility for climate-related issues and our ESG strategy is 

held by our CEO.

•  The Board has overall responsibility for reviewing the risk 

management processes and controls in place within the Group and 
ensuring that they are appropriate, which includes climate-related 
and ESG risk.

•  Our ESG Steering Committee is responsible for reviewing 

performance against our KPIs and monitoring the progress of 
climate/ESG-related initiatives.

Strategy

Disclosure of the actual and 
potential impacts of climate-
related risks and opportunities on 
the organisation’s businesses, 
strategy and financial planning 
where material.

•  During the year, a strategy day was held by the Board to consider the 

longer-term impacts and opportunities presented by climate 
change on the Group.

•  Further work has been completed to define our ‘Roadmap to 2040’ 

and embed climate/ESG-related issues within the Group’s long-term 
business model and strategy.

Risk 
management

Disclosure of how the organisation 
identifies, assesses and manages 
climate-related risks.

•  The Group’s risk management programme, which assesses key risks 
and the required internal controls, is delegated to Directors and 
managers and is reviewed twice annually by the Audit Committee.
•  Principal risks, including climate-related risks, are identified and 

addressed using the risk management process detailed on page 19.

Metrics and 
targets

Disclosure of the metrics and 
targets used to assess and manage 
relevant climate-related risks and 
opportunities where material.

•  The Group has outlined its long-term ambitions for 2040, which 

include a net zero target.

•  Our carbon emissions are disclosed in accordance with SECR 

requirements.

•  The Group has defined its KPI metrics for ESG reporting.

Further information

Corporate 
Governance 
Statement on 
pages 41 to 46.

ESG Framework on 
page 23.

Principal Risks and 
Uncertainties on 
pages 19 to 22.

Q&A with Chief 
Executive on page 6.

Divisional Reviews 
on pages 7 to 13.

Roadmap to 2040 
on pages 26 and 27.

Principal Risks and 
Uncertainties on 
pages 19 to 22.

Corporate 
Governance 
Statement on 
pages 41 to 46.

ESG Framework 
on pages 23.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

33

Focus on: 

Alternative energy sources
NWF is committed to investing in the latest 
technologies to reduce carbon emissions. 
Following customer trials in Fuels last year 
of HVO30 (a lower carbon, part-renewable 
alternative fuel product comprising diesel 
containing 30% hydro-treated vegetable 
oil), we have rolled out further trials of the 
product in our own fleet.

At the Broadlands fuel depot, HVO30 is 
being trialled across the fleet of six tankers 

making deliveries to customers. At our 
Wardle site, the fuel depot has a dedicated 
HVO30 tank for use by all three divisions 
in on-site vehicles such as shunters 
and JCBs.

Meanwhile we continue to explore the 
possibility to replace some of our fleet with 
electric vehicles as part of our plan for 
renewable energy transition.

Fleet management
Across our divisions we promote sustainable 
logistics, investing in clean fleet and energy 
initiatives to achieve this. In addition, our 
strategy to maximise fleet capacity to minimise 
empty running miles provides the best 
environmental solution, across all our divisions.

Mitigating our carbon emissions
We are challenging ourselves to think 
differently, and by driving efficiencies across 
our operations we aim to minimise the 
amount of waste and plastics we produce, 
use resources more responsibly, and 
ultimately protect the natural environment. 

Our current environmental initiatives include:
•  dedicated tank based at Wardle to allow all 
site vehicles such as JCBs and shunters to 

be fuelled by HVO30 rather than diesel. 
There is no upfront cost in switching to 
this fuel type, albeit the running costs are 
slightly higher than diesel. The benefits of 
HVO30 are described in the ‘Focus on’ 
section above;

•  during 2022 Fuels has begun a trial using 
HVO30 to fuel its own tankers to make 
deliveries to customers from its depot in 
Broadlands. If successful, the Group will 
consider if HVO30 can be used as an 
alternative fuel source across more of the fleet;

•  sharing of best practice, including driver 

debrief programmes developed in Food being 
shared with our Fuels division to promote 
good behaviours and efficient driving;

•  launch of Fusion initiative in Feeds, 

focusing on reducing the environmental 

impact of feed manufacture through a 
combination of efficiencies in operations 
and transport, procurement policies, diet 
and feeding habits and on-farm support;
•  further roll-out of LED efficient lighting 
across all divisions with the aim of 100% 
LED lighting across all sites in the next 
two years; and

•  early-stage engagement with our supply 
chain to understand if and how emerging 
technology around electric vehicles could 
benefit NWF Group. These discussions are 
early stage, but we will continue to 
research, test and seek to adopt these 
technologies if they prove a viable option. 
In the meantime, NWF continues its policy 
of investment in clean, modern and 
efficient fleet.

SECR statement
We measure and report our energy and 
carbon data across the entire Group (Food, 
Fuels and Feeds), providing comprehensive 
data to substantiate our overall 
environmental impact. Our SECR statement 
includes all emission sources required 
under the 2019 regulations for the financial 
year ended 30 May 2022. Information 
regarding energy efficiency action taken 
during the year can be found on page 32. 

NWF Group generated 30,062 carbon 
dioxide equivalent tonnes (tCO2e) of 
emissions during the year (2021: 30,699). 
77% of this energy is consumed by making 
deliveries to customers using our transport 
fleet. Our transport fleet efficiency is a key 
part of our energy saving initiatives, 
looking for savings through more efficient 
driving, investment in clean modern 
vehicles and optimum routing.

We have chosen two carbon intensity ratios 
that reflect our business performance. Our 
carbon intensity ratio for the year ended 
31 May 2022 was 91.10 tCO2e per commercial 
vehicle (2021: 101.32), and 20.22 tCO2e per 
1,000 sq. ft of warehouse and office space 
(2021: 20.65), representing a 2.1% decrease 
on last year. This can be partly attributed 
to reduced electricity usage as a result of 
lower volumes of feed manufactured.

In order to calculate the carbon emissions, 
we have used the emission factors from the 
UK Government’s GHG Conversion Factors for 
Company Reporting 2021. One of the 
requirements of the SECR regulations is to 
report our total UK energy use in kilowatt 
hours (kWh); for this we have used the 2021 
conversion factors. The Scope 1 and 2 emissions 
reported are for all facilities across the Group 
under our operational control. This includes 
all distribution centres, manufacturing sites, 
oil depots and offices, plus fleet under our 
ownership. Scope 3 transport emissions 
relate to those emissions from employees, 

own use or hire car vehicles used in the 
course of business. Other fuel emissions 
include kerosene used for creating steam 
in feed manufacturing facilities and gas 
oil/LPG used to fuel on-site vehicles. As 
NWF Group is a UK-based company it is 
not required to report any global activity 
emissions. Purchased electricity has 
been calculated based on locations-based 
emissions factors. Details of energy 
efficiency initiatives undertaken in the 
year can be found on above.

Carbon emissions (tCO2e) 1

Transport (scope 1)

Transport (scope 3)

Purchased electricity (scope 2)

Other fuels (scope 1)

Total emissions 
Carbon intensity ratio 1 (tCO2e/commercial vehicle)
Carbon intensity ratio 2 (tCO2e/1,000 sq. ft of 
warehouse and office space)

Total UK energy usage (kWh) 

1 

tCO2e/year defined as tonnes of CO2 equivalent per year.

2021/22

23,218

33

4,639

2,172

30,062

91.10

2020/21

22,913

26

5,294

2,466

30,699

101.32

2019/20

22,417

29

5,970

3,117

31,533

n/a

20.22

20.65

21.21

116,737,255 117,717,572 119,092,791

  Our sustainability policy can be found at nwf.co.uk

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

ESG framework34

Section 172
Section 172

How we engage with 
our stakeholders

NWF Group plc depends on the trust  
and confidence of all its stakeholders 
to operate sustainably in the long-term. 
The Group seeks to build strong partnerships, create a culture of 
safety, invest in its people, respect the environment in which it 
operates and generate sustainable value for shareholders.

The Directors of NWF Group plc (‘the Group’) have discharged their 
duties as set out in Section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006; they 
have had regard to the matters set out in Section 172(1) (a) to (f) when 
performing their duty to promote the success of the Group for the 
benefit of its members as a whole. In doing so, the Directors must 
have regard (amongst other matters) to:

(a)  the likely consequences of any decision in the long term;

(b)  the interests of the Group’s employees;

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

 the need to foster the Group’s business relationships 
with suppliers, customers and others;

 the impact of the Group’s operations on the community and the 
environment;

 the desirability of the Group maintaining a reputation for 
high standards of business conduct; and

(f) 

the need to act fairly between members of the Group.

The Board’s understanding of the interests of the Group’s 
stakeholders is informed by the programme of stakeholder 
engagement detailed overleaf. 

Section 172 considerations are embedded in decision making at 
Board level and throughout the Group. Examples of how the Directors 
discharged their Section 172 duty when taking principal decisions 
during the year are set out on pages 34 to 37. 

FareShare partnership
FareShare is the UK’s leading food redistribution charity, 
fighting hunger and food waste. The charity redistributes 
surplus food to frontline charities and community groups which 
turn it into meals for vulnerable people.

Many of our Food customers store products that FareShare 
could use, items which don’t reach end consumers as planned 
because of issues such as forecasting, mislabelling or 
promotional items not selling as well as expected. Our Food 
division saw the opportunity to forge a partnership with the 
charity and present the food recycling option to its customers. 

As well as the charitable and environmental benefits of 
diverting food away from landfill, customers can also save on 
additional costs they might incur, such as return of food, 
collection costs for food bins, landfill tax and labour to remove 
packaging.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Customers
With over 150 years’ experience in adding value  
to our customers’ businesses, our commitment  
to customer service remains critical to our success.

Stakeholder expectations
•  Reliable service, on time and in full.
•  Quality products representing value for money.
•  Knowledgeable and responsive teams which provide 

technical excellence in their respective fields.

Why we engage
•  To reinforce our customer-focused culture and focus 

on delivering excellence in customer service.

•  To ensure high levels of availability and delivery metrics, 

achieving high service levels and delivering value.

•  To develop customer-focused solutions, ensuring the Group 
understands and responds to evolving customer needs.

•  To drive improvements and reduce complaints.
How we engage
•  Each division has experienced customer service teams 
engaging with customers on a daily basis. Through our 
network of local fuel depots, a dedicated customer service 
team in Food and on-farm sales representatives in Feeds, 
we are in constant communication with our large and 
diverse customer base.

•  Regular monitoring of performance against service level 

agreements and quality standards.

•  Customer visits and attendance at relevant industry trade 

fairs and shows.

•  Regular programme of site tours for customers and other 

community groups or business partners.

Outcomes of engagement
•  Worked with our Food customers to increase stockholding 
and ensure service levels were maintained as volatile 
demand patterns impacted the business.

•  Our Fuels division currently has eight customers 

participating in a domestic HVO trial in conjunction with 
UKIFDA and OFTEC.

35

Employees and community
Our employees are fundamental to the long-term 
success and execution of the Group’s strategy.

Stakeholder expectations
•  Fair salary and benefits.
•  An inclusive and diverse workplace with opportunities 

for personal development and flexible working.

•  Job security and satisfaction, with support for wellbeing 

and the opportunity for feedback.

Why we engage
•  To ensure that all employees are valued and are given the 
opportunity to provide feedback and participate in shaping 
the development of the Group.

•  To underpin our culture of safety and ensure that employees 
at all levels in the business play a role in promoting and 
upholding a strong focus on health and safety, for the benefit 
of the Group and the wider community.

•  To ensure we maintain a skilled, technically competent and 
motivated workforce and provide appropriate opportunities 
for development and personal growth.

•  To encourage equal opportunities and a more diverse workforce.
How we engage
•  The Chief Executive holds a series of twice-yearly 

presentations for staff, where the financial results of the 
Group and development of its strategy are shared, with 
employees invited to discuss and ask questions.

•  Through our new partnership with ‘The Happiness Index’ we 
are able to invite regular feedback tailored to specific needs.

•  At a divisional level, regular employee briefings are 

conducted, either via floor briefings or monthly newsletters, 
to enable regular sharing of information.

•  Intranet, email communication and newsletters are 

used to keep employees up to date with divisional and 
Group activities.

Outcomes of engagement
•  Following consultation with our employees we have introduced 

an agile working policy to promote flexible working.

•  As a result of workplace meetings, we have been able to 
safely reintroduce our programme of free weekly fitness 
classes in our on-site studio, provided by a local team of 
personal trainers.

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Suppliers
Through collaborative and mutually beneficial 
relationships NWF can continue to deliver 
efficient, quality services and high standards  
in a sustainable manner.

Stakeholder expectations
•  Compliance with contractual terms and conditions.
•  Co-operation to allow our suppliers to improve their 
products and services and to resolve any issues.

•  To be treated fairly.
Why we engage
•  To maintain strong relationships to ensure high 

supplier standards.

•  To seek new ways to collaborate and innovate.
•  To ensure our suppliers conduct their business in an ethical 

and sustainable manner.

•  To enable our operations to become more efficient and 
ensure continuity of supply and competitive pricing.

How we engage
•  Holding regular meetings and/or site visits with 

key suppliers.

•  Feedback from suppliers is monitored and provided 
to the Executive Directors who update the Board at 
regular intervals.

Outcomes of engagement
•  The Fuels division is working closely with fuel producers 

to develop the next generation of fuels.

•  During FY22 we have drafted a Supply Chain Policy which 
will be communicated to our key suppliers during FY23.

ESG framework36

Section 172 continued

Shareholders
Our aim is to provide a transparent, clear, 
consistent message across our communication 
channels giving shareholders the opportunity 
for direct, personal contact with our senior 
executives on a regular basis.

Stakeholder expectations
•  Responsible and sustainable growth ambitions.
•  Share price accretion.
•  Progressive dividend policy.
•  Resilience to adverse market conditions.
Why we engage
•  To ensure the Group responds to the evolving needs and 

interests of shareholders and aligns its strategy accordingly.

•  To communicate and explain how we aim to deliver 

growth and create value, by maximising the potential 
of the business.

•  To give shareholders the opportunity for direct, personal 
contact with our Board members on a regular basis.

How we engage
•  Investor roadshows are held twice a year to coincide with 

the Group’s half-year and final results, allowing our 
institutional investors to meet with the Chief Executive and 
Group Finance Director. During periods of lockdown, these 
sessions were held virtually, ensuring continued 
engagement between the Board and shareholders.
•  Recorded webcasts presenting our half-year and final 

results are made available for investors through the Group’s 
website, nwf.co.uk. The Investors section of the website 
also includes access to the Annual Report and Accounts, 
presentations and trading updates.

•  The AGM provides further opportunity for the shareholder 
community to engage directly with the Board of Directors.

Outcomes of engagement
•  Engagement with our shareholders has influenced our 

acquisition, capital investment and progressive dividend policy.
•  As a result of shareholder engagement, we have enhanced 
our ESG reporting to include further information on our 
long-term sustainability ambitions.

  See our Roadmap to 2040 
on pages 26 – 27

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

The environment 
We strive for continual improvement when 
it comes to our environmental performance, 
monitoring carbon emissions and waste 
across our supply chain and promoting 
a healthy environment.

Stakeholder expectations
•  For the Group to operate as efficiently as possible and 

maintain high environmental standards.

•  For the environmental impact of the Group to be minimised.
Why we engage
•  To ensure adherence to relevant environmental legislation 

and regulations.

•  To better understand environmental challenges and how we 

can contribute to meeting those challenges.

•  To ensure that high environmental standards are respected 

at each of the Group’s sites.

How we engage
•  We work with our customers and suppliers to improve the 

efficiency of our operations.

•  We engage with customers to understand environmental 

challenges they face and then innovate to develop solutions 
to try to alleviate those challenges.

Outcomes of engagement
•  Investment in clean, modern fleets.
•  Driver training to improve MPGs.

37

Decision making by the Board

Board 
information

Board strategic 
discussion

Board 
decision

•  CEO communications re: 

competitive activity, market trends 
and analyst reports.
•  Professional experience 

and qualification.
•  Training and induction.
•  Monthly provision of Board 

papers including financial and 
non-financial information.

•  Advice and presentations by internal 
and external subject matter experts.

•  The Board satisfies itself that the 
information provided is sufficient, 
accurate and comprehensive to support 
decision making. Further information is 
sought, if required.

•  Section 172 considerations are taken 
into account in the Board’s strategic 
discussions, including the long-term 
impacts on the Group and its 
stakeholders.

•  Feedback from outcomes/actions 
of decisions is communicated back 
to the Board.

•  Actions are taken to implement the 

Board’s decisions.

Stakeholders

 Customers 

 Suppliers 

 Employees and community 

 Shareholders 

 Environment

Section 172 considerations

  Likely long-term consequences 

  Employee interests 

  Relationships with customers, 
suppliers and others

  The impact on the community 
and environment 

  Maintaining a reputation for high 
standards of business conduct

  Acting fairly between members 
of the Group.

Decision 1: Appointment of new Directors
Matter for discussion

The Board identifies recruitment, retention 
and development of our key people as a 
principal risk to the Group (see page 21). 
Succession planning for our senior 
management team is a key matter for 
consideration and discussion by the Board. 

As planned during the year, two of our 
long-serving Directors retired from the 
Food division.

Decision 2: Ongoing response to Covid-19
Matter for discussion

The resilience and capability of the Group and 
its employees were demonstrated during the 
challenges of the Covid-19 pandemic. Our 
operational teams, deemed ‘key workers’, 
continued with safe-working practices. 

For our back-office and administrative teams, 
FY22 presented a new set of challenges in 
bringing our employees back to our offices 
in a safe, understanding and flexible manner 
as lockdown restrictions eased.

Decision 3: ESG ambitions
Matter for discussion

Section 172 considerations

Actions and outcomes

The Board considered the appropriate skills, 
experience and qualifications necessary for 
long-term success in the Food senior 
management team.

External senior-level recruiters were appointed to 
assist the Board in the search for successors to these 
two roles. Determining the needs of the division, its 
employees and its customers was also critical in the 
decision-making process.

Appropriate levels of remuneration commensurate 
to the role were also considered by the 
Remuneration Committee.

Following an extensive search, recruitment and 
interview process, the Board has appointed a 
new Managing Director and Finance Director 
in its Food division, both of whom bring 
significant industry knowledge and experience 
to the Group.

For more information on our new Managing 
Director appointment, see page 54.

Section 172 considerations

Actions and outcomes

Management was encouraged to seek direct feedback 
from its teams to ascertain views and sentiments 
towards post-pandemic working arrangements. 
The Board considered how the change in working 
arrangements during the pandemic had impacted 
employees in different ways, depending on individual 
circumstances. It was determined that maintaining 
flexibility in work location was important for the 
Group, both for its existing employees but also for 
potential new recruits.

The Group has once again remained fully 
operational during the year.

Our employees were invited back to their 
offices via a phased return, with appropriate 
safety measures communicated 
and implemented.

Our agile working policy was launched during the 
year and offers ongoing flexibility in respect of 
working arrangements for eligible employees.

Section 172 considerations

Actions and outcomes

The Board determined that there was a 
need to better communicate our long-term 
ambitions in regard to our ESG strategy and 
to start to define interim targets to support 
direction of travel.

In response to the increasing importance of ESG 
for employees and shareholders, the senior management 
team proposed an approach for the Board’s consideration 
consisting of an ESG Roadmap with a focus on defining 
our 2040 ambitions and milestone targets.

In reviewing the proposal, the Board considered the 
effectiveness of the Group’s existing ESG reporting in 
supporting the ambitions in this regard. Guidance has 
been taken from external ESG specialists on current 
trends and regulations in ESG reporting.

ESG Roadmap launched in current financial year.

Remuneration Committee to consider 
ESG-related objectives for the Executive 
Directors for FY23.

ESG Roadmap to continue to be developed 
and strengthened over time.

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

ESG framework38

Board of Directors and Company Secretary

An experienced 
and capable Board

Philip Acton
Non-Executive  
Chair

Richard Whiting
Chief Executive

Chris Belsham
Group Finance  
Director

Experience
Joined the Board in 2013 and became Chair 
in 2017. Worked for 17 years in agriculture as 
chief operating officer for Genus Europe and 
Asia and group finance director of Genus plc. 
Prior to that spent ten years in the electrical 
engineering sector as group finance director 
of Scholes Group plc.

Key skills
•  Sector experience
•  Finance
•  Mergers and acquisitions

Key development
A   B   C   D   E   F   G   H

Committee membership
•  Audit
•  Remuneration
•  Disclosure
•  Nomination (Chair)

Experience
Joined in 2007. Previously group finance 
director of Heywood Williams Group plc, after 
joining as business development director 
from Brand-Rex Ltd, where he was managing 
director of the datacom division.

Experience
Joined in 2017. Previously an equity partner 
and head of corporate finance at Irwin 
Mitchell LLP having joined the business in 
2014 from KPMG Corporate Finance. Qualified 
as a Chartered Accountant with PwC in 1999.

Key skills
•  Strategy and leadership
•  Sales and marketing
•  Operations
•  Finance
•  Mergers and acquisitions

Key development
A   B   C   D   E   F   G   H

Committee membership
•  Disclosure

Key skills
•  Finance
•  Mergers and acquisitions
•  Strategy and leadership

Key development
A   B   C   D   E   F   G   H

Committee membership
•  Disclosure (Chair)

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

39

Key development
A   External advisor updates

B   Professional network

C   Institute updates

D   Investor forums

E   Self study

F   Industry bodies

G   Other non-executive roles

H   Member of Institute of Directors

Skills27+27+

  Mergers and acquisitions (5)

  Finance (4)

  Strategy and leadership (4)

  Board experience (1)

  Sector experience (2)

  Sales and marketing (1)

  Operations (1)

David Downie
Senior Independent  
Non-Executive  
Director and Chair 
Designate

Richard Armitage 
Independent  
Non-Executive  
Director

Rob Andrew
Company 
Secretary

Experience
Joined the Board in 2018. Holds a BSc in 
agriculture and spent over 15 years as a 
senior executive at ASDA. Currently chair at 
Marmion Recruitment and non-executive 
director of a vacant property service 
company which trades as VPS Group.

Key skills
•  Sector experience
•  Mergers and acquisitions
•  Strategy and leadership

Key development
A   B   C   D   E   F   G   H

Committee membership
•  Audit
•  Remuneration (Chair)
•  Nomination

Experience
Joined the Board in July 2020. Currently 
chief financial officer at Morgan Advanced 
Materials plc having previously been chief 
financial officer at Victrex plc. A Fellow 
of the Chartered Institute of Management 
Accountants. Wide strategic and M&A 
experience in a number of 
senior finance roles. 

Key skills
•  Finance
•  Mergers and acquisitions
•  Current Board experience
•  Strategy and leadership

Key development
A   B   C   D   E   F   G   H

Committee membership
•  Audit (Chair)
•  Remuneration
•  Nomination

Experience
Joined as Company Secretary in 2004. An 
experienced chartered secretary, previously 
assistant company secretary of Iceland 
Frozen Foods plc.

Key skills
•  Health and safety
•  Human resources
•  Company secretarial
•  Property

Key development
A   B   C   D   E   F   G   H

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

ESG framework22
+
22
+
22
22
+
+
6
6
+
+
11
11
+
+
6
6
+
+
6
6
+
+
L
L
40

Senior management

Key development
A   External advisor updates

B   Professional network

C   Institute updates

D   Investor forums

E   Self study

F   Industry bodies

G   Other non-executive roles

H   Member of Institute of Directors

Richard Huxley
Managing Director,  
Fuels

Angela Carus
Managing Director,  
Food

Andrew Downie
Managing Director,  
Feeds

Experience
Joined the Fuels division in May 2018. Richard 
has held significant commercial leadership 
roles in complex distribution businesses 
including Brammer and RS Components (part 
of Electrocomponents plc).

Experience
Appointed Managing Director of the Food 
division in January 2022. Angela has worked 
in the logistics sector since leaving school 
and held a variety of senior positions before 
joining the Group from Culina, where she was 
a director of operations.

Experience
Appointed Managing Director of the Feeds 
division in February 2015. Previously held the 
position of head of operations at ABF plc and 
senior positions at AB World Foods and 
Patak’s Foods Limited.

Key skills
•  Leadership
•  Operations
•  Sales and marketing

Key development
A   B   C   D   E   F   G   H

Advisors

Registrars
Link Group
10th Floor 
Central Square 
29 Wellington Street 
Leeds LS1 4DL 

Solicitors
Brabners LLP
Horton House 
Exchange Flags 
Exchange Street E 
Liverpool L2 3YL

Key skills
•  Leadership
•  Operations
•  Sales and marketing

Key development
A   B   C   D   E   F   G   H

Key skills
•  Leadership
•  Operations
•  Sales and marketing

Key development
A   B   C   D   E   F   G   H

Independent auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers 
LLP
No. 1 Spinningfields 
1 Hardman Square 
Manchester M3 3EB 

Bankers
NatWest Group
Corporate Banking 
1st Floor 
1 Hardman Boulevard 
Manchester M3 3AQ 

Financial PR
MHP Communications
60 Great Portland Street 
London W1W 7RT

Registered office
NWF Group plc
Wardle 
Nantwich 
Cheshire CW5 6BP

Nominated advisor 
and broker
Peel Hunt LLP
7th Floor 
100 Liverpool Street 
London EC2M 2AT 

Registered number
02264971

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Corporate governance statement

41

Strong governance

Dear shareholder,
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present 
NWF Group plc’s Corporate Governance 
Statement for the year ended 31 May 2022. 
This statement provides details of our current 
governance framework and practices and how 
we discharge our governance duties. 

Whilst 2021/22 has been another challenging 
year globally and for us as a business, I am 
delighted that the Group has achieved 
another strong performance through the 
efforts of our dedicated people. The Group 
has continued with its clear, long-term 
strategy and improved performance whilst 
mitigating, wherever possible, the risks faced 
by the businesses.

In my role as Chair, I am responsible for the 
Board including its effective leadership and 
composition, assessing and improving its 
performance, and leading the Group’s corporate 
governance culture to ensure that an 
appropriate governance framework 
is embedded within the Group and its 
businesses. The Board recognises the 
fundamental importance of maintaining a 
strong corporate governance framework in 
order to continue to create long-term value and 
2021/22 has seen the Group’s governance 
framework evolve as the Group’s businesses, 
and the environments in which those 
businesses operate, have developed. 

The Group has continued to adopt the Quoted 
Companies Alliance Corporate Governance 
Code (‘the QCA Code’) as the basis of its 
governance structure and has complied with all 
principles of the QCA Code throughout the year. 

Given the Group’s size, we also endeavour 
to have regard to the provisions of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code to the extent that 
we believe this is appropriate. As such, all Board 
Directors are required to stand for annual 
re-election and our Non-Executive Directors 

are unable to serve for more than nine years 
in accordance with our independence policy. 
In keeping with this policy, and as previously 
announced, I will be stepping down from the 
Board at the time of the 2022 AGM, having 
completed nine years’ service with the Group. 
David Downie, currently our Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director, will be appointed as 
Chair at that time and Richard Armitage, 
currently a Non-Executive Director, will be 
appointed as Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director. Following a review of 
the skills, experience, personal qualities and 
capabilities of the existing Board members and 
those required as the Group continues to 
evolve, a rigorous and targeted recruitment 
process was undertaken during the year to 
recruit a new Non-Executive Director and Chair 
of the Remuneration Committee (further 
details can be found in the Nomination 
Committee report on pages 53 and 54). 

The expansion of the Audit Committee’s remit 
in respect of monitoring non-financial risks has 
led to the development of a comprehensive 
workplan covering areas including health and 
safety, modern slavery and internal controls. 
Substantial progress has been made during 
the year in actioning the workplan, which will 
be regularly updated and kept under review 
by the Audit Committee.

The Board recognises that sustainability of the 
Group is key to its long-term success. As such, 
2021/22 saw a continued focus on embedding 
and developing our four pillars of strategic 
focus (further details can be found on pages 23 
to 33) and creating our ‘Roadmap to 2040’. The 
Board is cognisant of the risks and opportunities 
presented by an increased focus on ESG and 
has consciously sought to bolster its skills and 
experience, particularly in respect of the social 
element of ESG, through the recruitment of 
Dawn Moore (further details can be found on 
pages 53 and 54). 

The Board acknowledges that a prerequisite 
of a strong corporate governance framework is 
a healthy corporate culture. Whilst the culture 
within each of the Group’s businesses is 
different, reflecting the diverse environments 
in which each business operates, those 
cultures are predicated upon ethical values, 
integrity and transparency. 

For our strategy and business model to 
succeed in creating sustainable value in the 
long-term, and to enable the mitigation of our 
principal risks and uncertainties (as detailed on 
pages 19 to 22), positive relationships with the 
Group’s various stakeholders must be 
cultivated. This will only be achieved through 
integrity and transparency. The Board monitors 
the Group’s culture through engagement with 
the Group’s stakeholders (further details on how 
we engage can be found on pages 34 to 37), the 
regular review of the Group’s consolidated risk 
register and any changes to the principal risks 
and uncertainties, and externally facilitated 
employee surveys which allow us to engage 
with our people and identify areas of focus. 

In order to promote a healthy corporate culture, 
the Group operates a whistleblowing policy 
which allows concerns regarding unethical or 
unsafe behaviours to be raised in confidence 
and promptly investigated. To ensure ethical 
values and behaviours are recognised and 
respected, the Group has a suite of policies in 
place covering areas such as anti-corruption and 
bribery, equal opportunities, prevention of the 
facilitation of tax evasion and modern slavery. 
As a result, the Board is satisfied at this time that 
an ethical culture exists within the Group. 

Philip Acton
Non-Executive Chair
2 August 2022

The Board recognises the fundamental 
importance of maintaining a strong 
corporate governance framework 
in order to continue to create  
long-term value.”

Philip Acton
Non-Executive Chair

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

ESG framework42

Corporate governance statement continued

Delivering growth 
and building trust

Our strategy 
The Group’s strategy is to consolidate and 
optimise its operations to deliver long-term 
sustainable value for its shareholders and 
stakeholders. This is achieved by the 
implementation of the Group’s acquisition 
strategy, focused on the consolidation of the 
highly fragmented fuel market (further 
details can be found on pages 7 to 9), 
and investing in the Group’s people, 
businesses and product development to 
create innovative products and services. 
The Group’s business model is set out on 
pages 14 and 15 and on the Business Model 
page of our website, nwf.co.uk/about-us/
business-model. 

Effective risk management 
and internal control
The achievement of the Group’s strategy is 
dependent upon the effective identification 
and management of new and existing risks. 
The Board recognises though that the risks 
faced by the Group also present opportunities 
for innovation and growth. The principal risks 
and uncertainties affecting the Group, and 
how these risks are identified, assessed, 
managed and reviewed, are explained on 
pages 19 to 22. 

The Board has overall responsibility for 
ensuring that the Group maintains an 
effective system of internal control which 
directs the Group’s activities in order to 
ensure the safeguarding of assets, to assist 
in the delivery of the Group’s strategic, 
financial and operational ambitions and 
to provide it with reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial information 
that is used within the business. 

There are, however, inherent limitations 
in any system of internal control and 
accordingly even the most effective system 
can provide only reasonable, and not 
absolute, assurance against material 
misstatement or loss.

The Board obtains assurance that the risk 
management and related control systems 
in place are effective in a number of ways. 
During the year a rolling programme of risk 
and controls testing has been undertaken 
across the Group with a focus on various key 
areas of risk identified. This programme was 
undertaken through a combination of internal 
and external resource and the results were 

reported to the Board. The Group’s risk 
management programme, which assesses 
key risks and the required internal controls 
that are delegated to Directors and managers 
at all levels in the Group, is reviewed regularly 
in order to ensure that it continues to meet 
the Board’s requirements. Although the 
Group does not have a formal internal audit 
function, targeted reviews and visits to 
operations are conducted by the Head Office 
team and professional advisors. The results 
of these reviews are communicated back to 
the Audit Committee. An internal control 
update is provided to the Audit Committee at 
each meeting. Further details can be found 
on pages 47 and 48. 

Engagement with our shareholders 
and stakeholders 
The Board is committed to open 
and honest two-way dialogue with the 
Group’s shareholders and stakeholders 
in order to both understand their views, 
needs and expectations and provide a fair 
and understandable assessment of the 
Group’s position which will allow 
shareholders and other stakeholders to make 
informed decisions about the Group.

Whilst the Group has a diverse range of 
shareholders, they can be broadly 
categorised as follows:

1. 

 three independent pension funds 
registered in Iceland (each holding c.5% 
of the issued share capital) as set out 
on page 56;

2.  other institutional investors;

3.  private individuals; and

4.  employees and ex-employees.

The Board has a proactive approach to 
shareholder liaison, led by the Chief Executive, 
and feedback is provided regularly to the 
Board. This approach includes our AGM 
(where votes in favour are consistently 
over 75%), open days, biannual investor 
roadshows and annual meetings with 
significant shareholders.

The Chair and the Non-Executive Directors 
will always make themselves available to 
meet with shareholders. Each AGM is a 
particular opportunity for this. Normal 
relationships with shareholders are 
maintained by the Executive Directors, 

who brief the Board on shareholder issues 
and who relay the views of the Group’s 
advisors to the Board.

The Investors section of our website, 
nwf.co.uk/investors, includes historical 
Annual Reports, Notices of AGMs and voting 
history for a minimum of five years.

Details of how we engage with our other 
stakeholders and the outcomes of this 
engagement can be found on pages 34 to 37.

  https://www.nwf.co.uk/investors/

share-price-and-tools/share-price-chart

Key shareholder engagements

June 2021
•  Trading Update and Notice of Results 

RNS

•  Shareholder and potential 
shareholder presentations

August 2021
•  Preliminary Results 

Online meetings/CEO and Group FD 
presentation/RNS

September 2021
•  AGM Statement and Trading Update 

RNS
•  AGM 

Hybrid meeting held to allow 
participation by shareholders both in 
person and virtually. Recording of the 
AGM available on demand via nwf.co.uk

December 2021
•  Trading Update 

Analyst communication/RNS

January 2022
•  Notice of Half Year Results 

RNS

February 2022
•  Half Year Results 

Online meetings/CEO and Group FD 
presentation/RNS

March 2022
•  Trading Updates 

Analyst communication/RNS

•  Meeting with significant 
private shareholder

May 2022
•  Trading Update 

Analyst communication/RNS

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

43

Maintaining a dynamic 
management framework

•  Setting the Group’s values, standards, 

strategic aims and objectives.
•  Approval of budgets and reviewing 
performance in line with these.
•  Extension or cessation of the 

Group’s activities.

Board

Matters reserved for the Board
•  Approval of financial reports and policies, 

dividends and the dividend policy. 

•  Ensuring maintenance of a sound system 
of internal control and risk management.

•  Approval of major capital projects, 

material contracts and major investments.

•  Changes to the structure, size and 

composition of the Board, membership 
of Board Committees and succession 
planning.

•  Approval of remuneration policies.

Remuneration 
Committee
Its remit is to:
•  determine appropriate 

short and long-term total 
reward packages for the 
Executive Directors; and 

•  satisfy itself that good 
practices apply to all 
Group employees 
through the relevant 
management structures.

Audit  
Committee
Its remit is to:
•  monitor the integrity of 
financial reporting; and
•  keep under review the 
Group’s internal control 
and risk management 
systems.

Nomination 
Committee
Its remit is to:
•  develop and maintain a 

rigorous and transparent 
procedure for making 
recommendations on 
Board, and material 
subsidiary company 
board, appointments; and 
•  ensure plans are in place 
for orderly succession 
to Board and senior 
management positions. 

Disclosure  
Committee
Its remit is to:
•  consider whether 

announcements are 
required to be made 
in relation to inside 
information. 

Executive Directors 
and senior 
management
Their remit is to:
• 

implement the strategy 
agreed by the Board; and 

•  manage the Group on a 

day-to-day basis. 

A clearly defined Board structure 
The principal roles of the Board are to 
provide effective leadership, ensure an 
ethical corporate culture and effective 
risk management system are embedded 
throughout the Group, oversee external 
reporting and set the Group’s strategy 
in order to deliver shareholder value.

A formal schedule of matters requiring Group 
Board approval, which is available in its 
entirety at nwf.co.uk/about-us/governance/
board-responsibilities, is maintained and 
regularly reviewed to ensure sufficient 
separation between the responsibilities 
of the Board and the operation of the 
Group’s business. 

Board Committees
There are currently four Board Committees 
to which the Board delegates specific 
responsibilities: the Audit Committee, 
Remuneration Committee, Nomination 
Committee and Disclosure Committee. 
The responsibilities of each Committee are 
detailed in its terms of reference which are 
reviewed annually and are available on the 
Group’s website. Further details on the 
activities of the Audit Committee, the 
Remuneration Committee and the 
Nomination Committee can be found on 
pages 47 and 48, pages 49 to 52 and pages 53 
and 54 respectively. The Chair of each 
Committee formally reports to the Board in 
respect of the Committee’s activities and 
recommendations. 

Executive Directors and 
senior management
The implementation of the strategy agreed 
by the Board and day-to-day management 
of the Group is delegated to the Executive 
Directors and senior management. This 
structure allows for decisions to be made in 
an efficient manner by the most appropriate 
people. Each division’s senior management 
team has a monthly meeting with the 
Executive Directors to report on the division’s 
progress and any challenges. Senior 
management also regularly attends Board 
meetings to brief the Board on business 
opportunities and developments. 

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

ESG framework44

Corporate governance statement continued

Maintaining an experienced 
and capable Board with 
clearly defined roles

In order for the Board to be effective, there needs to be clearly defined roles for Board members, an appropriate balance of Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors, sufficient time committed by Directors to their roles, a comprehensive, tailored induction for each Director upon 
joining the Board and the provision of quality information in a timely manner. The Board must comprise an appropriate balance of skills, 
experience and personal qualities.

The Board induction programme has been comprehensively reviewed to create a full, formal and tailored induction for all new Directors. 
The programme ensures each new Director is fully informed, engaged and supported, enabling the Director to effectively contribute to the 
Group from the start of their appointment. 

Director induction

Information
Once appointed, each Director is provided with a comprehensive 
information pack which includes:

Engagement 
A tailored engagement programme is created for each new 
Director which includes activities such as:

•  summary of the Group’s history and markets;
•  details of the Group’s strategy;
•  guidance on their legal and regulatory responsibilities 

• 

as a Director of an AIM-listed business;
information on the Group’s corporate governance arrangements, 
including key policies and procedures;

•  briefings with the Chief Executive and 

the Group Finance Director;

•  meeting with the Company Secretary.
•  one-to-ones with the senior management team;
•  meetings with individuals within the Group to enhance the 

Director’s understanding of the businesses and its culture; and

•  minutes and papers from the Board and relevant Committee 

•  key site visits.

The Company Secretary has specific 
responsibility to assist the Chair and 
the rest of the Board to uphold the best 
corporate governance standards. A full role 
description for the Company Secretary is 
available at nwf.co.uk/about-us/governance/
corporate-governance-statement.

meetings from at least the last six months;

•  copies of the latest Board and relevant Committee evaluations;
•  the latest shareholder analysis;
•  ESG briefing;
•  organigrams; and
•  details of key contacts and key advisors.

Board composition
The Board currently comprises a Non-Executive 
Chair, a Senior Independent Non-Executive 
Director, an independent Non-Executive 
Director and two Executive Directors. 
As previously announced, the existing 
Non-Executive Chair will step down from the 
Board at the time of the 2022 AGM and will be 
replaced by the current Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director. Dawn Moore will join 
the Board as a Non-Executive Director on 
1 September 2022. 

The biographical details of the current 
Directors, including their skills and 
experience, are set out on pages 38 and 39. 
The biographical details of Dawn Moore are 
included in the Nomination Committee report 
on page 54. The biographical details of the 
senior management team are set out on 
page 40. 

Board roles
The roles of Chair and Chief Executive 
are separated and clearly understood and 
have been agreed by the Board. The Chair 
is responsible for the Board including its 
effective leadership and composition, 
assessing and improving its performance, 
and leading the Group’s corporate governance 
culture. The Chief Executive is responsible 
for developing the Group’s strategy and the 
operating performance of the Group.

The Senior Independent Non-Executive 
Director conducts the Chair’s annual 
appraisal and acts as a sounding board for 
the other Directors. Further information on 
the role of the Senior Independent Director can 
be found at nwf.co.uk/about-us/governance/
corporate-governance-statement.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

45

Board composition

Diversity

20+20+

  Non-Executive Chair (1)

  Executive Directors (2)

   Senior Independent  

Non-Executive Director (1)

   Independent Non-Executive Director (1)

100+100+

  Male (5)

Length of tenure

20+20+

  0 – 3 years (1)

  4 – 6 years (2)

   Over 7 years (2)

Board operation
The Board normally meets 11 times a year 
with additional meetings being called 
when required. 

The number of Board and Committee 
meetings held in the year ended 31 May 2022, 
together with the attendance record for each 
Director, is detailed below.

Comprehensive briefing papers are 
circulated to Directors one week in 
advance of each scheduled meeting to 
allow sufficient time for the consideration 
of the papers provided.

All Directors and senior management are 
able to access the advice and services of 
the Company Secretary. Furthermore, all 
Directors have access to the Group’s advisors 
and are able, if necessary, to take 
independent professional advice in the 
furtherance of their duties at the 
Group’s expense. 

The Board and the Committees to the 
Board are supported by external advisors 
on a regular basis in respect of matters 
such as pensions, taxation, property and 
health and safety. Deloitte LLP continued 
to act as professional advisors to the 
Remuneration Committee during the year. 
Grant Thornton also continued to act as 
the Group’s virtual Chief Information and 
Security Officer to oversee the Group’s 
information security regime.

Time commitment
The Board has adopted a formal time 
commitments (overboarding) policy which 
provides that when making new appointments, 
and considering additional appointments for 
existing Directors, the Board shall take into 
account other demands on the Director’s time. 
Significant commitments shall be disclosed 
with an indication of the time involved and 
additional external appointments shall not be 
undertaken without prior approval of the Board.

Full-time Executive Directors are permitted 
to take a maximum of one non-executive 
directorship or other significant appointment, 
subject to prior approval of the Board.

Non-Executive Directors are required to 
limit their number of board appointments 
to a total of five public company board roles. 
An independent board chair role will count 
as two board roles. 

Non-Executive Directors’ time commitments 
are reviewed annually to ensure each Director 
has sufficient time to fulfil their role.

Attendance of Directors at meetings during year ended 31 May 2022

Board1

Disclosure Committee

Audit 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

T P Acton (Non-Executive Chair)
R J Armitage (Independent  
Non-Executive Director)2

C J Belsham (Group Finance Director)3
D S Downie (Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director)

R A Whiting (Chief Executive)3, 4

 Attended  

 Did not attend 

  Not required to attend

 During the year additional Board meetings were held on specific subjects.

 R J Armitage is not a member of the Disclosure Committee but normally attends Disclosure Committee meetings by invitation.

 R A Whiting and C J Belsham are not members of the Audit Committee but attend Audit Committee meetings by invitation.

 R A Whiting is not a member of the Remuneration Committee but attends Remuneration Committee meetings by invitation.

1 

2 

3 

4 

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

ESG framework 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
40
+
40
+
20
20
+
+
20
20
+
+
L
L
0
+
0
+
L
L
40
+
40
+
40
40
+
+
L
L
46

Corporate governance statement continued

Seeking continuous 
improvement

Outcomes
Following the Board appraisal conducted in 
2021, two actions were identified. Further 
work has been undertaken to ensure full 
integration of the Group’s ESG strategic 
objectives throughout the Group (further 
details can be found on pages 23 to 33) and to 
determine the position of the ESG framework 
in relation to the Group’s strategy. 

Work is ongoing to set clear and relevant 
objectives to enable Board, Committee and 
each Director’s performance to be evaluated. 

The appraisal conducted in 2022 was on a 
consistent measurement basis, allowing the 
Board to consider its performance and 
progress over a three-year period. The 
appraisal showed an improvement in the 
score achieved. 

Philip Acton
Non-Executive Chair
2 August 2022

Process
The Board annually conducts an 
appraisal, led by the Chair, of its 
performance consisting of individual 
assessments using comprehensive 
questionnaires that are completed by 
all Directors. An appraisal of the Chair’s 
performance is conducted at the same time 
by the Senior Independent Non-Executive 
Director. The Audit, Remuneration and 
Nomination Committees also annually 
consider their own performance using 
prescribed questionnaires. All questionnaires 
are prepared following consideration of the 
QCA Code, the QCA Audit Committee Guide, 
the QCA Remuneration Committee Guide 
and the UK Corporate Governance Code, 
as applicable. The Board appraisal 
questionnaire in 2022 covered topics such 
as Board composition, corporate culture 
and Board communication. 

External facilitation of the Board appraisal 
has not been used to date, although this is 
kept under review, but does include an 
external view from the Group’s 
Nominated Advisor.

Feedback
Following completion of the appraisals, the 
results are reviewed, and feedback is given to 
the Board by the Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director in respect of the 
assessment of the Chair, and by the Chair in 
respect of the assessment of the Board as a 
whole. Feedback from the Committee 
appraisals is provided by the Committee 
Chairs to the Board. 

Building 
understanding
The Board continually looks for 
opportunities to increase its 
understanding of the Group’s 
businesses and to engage with the 
Group’s stakeholders.

In May 2022, the Board visited Food’s 
240,000ft2 Crewe warehouse. Having 
first been fully utilised in 2020/21, the 
Crewe warehouse has a capacity of 
35,000 pallet spaces and has set new 
benchmarks for operating efficiency 
within the Food division. 

The Board was given a presentation by 
the Food senior management team 
and a tour of the site with the 
opportunity for a question-and-
answer session. 

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Audit Committee report

47

Monitoring all aspects  
of reporting and risk

Meetings in 2022

3(2021: 3)

Members of the Audit 
Committee
R J Armitage (Chair)

T P Acton

D S Downie

  Attended

  Did not attend

  Not required to attend

Dear shareholder,
I am pleased to present the Audit Committee 
Report for the year ended 31 May 2022.

Composition
The Audit Committee consists of the Chair 
and two Non-Executive Directors and is 
chaired by myself as an independent 
Non-Executive Director. The Audit 
Committee met on three occasions during 
the year, consistent with the prior year.

Responsibilities
The Audit Committee has terms of reference 
in place which have been formally approved by 
the Board and are made available at the AGM 
and on the Group’s website. Its primary 

responsibilities include reviewing the 
effectiveness of the Group’s internal control 
systems and monitoring the integrity of the 
Group’s financial statements and external 
announcements of the Group’s results. The 
Committee reports to the Board on all these 
matters. The Committee defers to the wider 
Board on the matters of bribery, whistleblowing 
and modern slavery and the Group policies 
concerning these matters can be found at 
nwf.co.uk.

Key areas of focus in the year 
ended 31 May 2022
The Audit Committee has monitored the 
Group’s financial performance and resilience as 
the UK emerged from the Covid-19 crisis and 
through volatility in commodity prices arising 
from the conflict in Ukraine. Furthermore, the 
Audit Committee has given particular focus to 
the key judgements and estimates of future 
business performance in the Feeds division, 
resulting in an impairment of the goodwill 
and other intangibles in the Feeds segment.

Specific activities in this financial year 
include expanding the scope of review and 
communication of internal control 
procedures performed across the Group.

The Audit Committee continues to pay 
particular attention to the development of 
the Group’s IT systems in order to ensure 
there is continued progress in enhancing the 
resilience of the Group’s information systems.

In the forthcoming financial year 2022/23 
the Audit Committee will consider the 
Group’s transition to reporting in line with 
the requirements of the Task Force on 

Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(‘TCFD’). The Audit Committee will also 
consider any implications of the outcome 
of the Business, Energy and Industrial 
Strategy (‘BEIS’) consultation.

Experience of the Audit Committee
The Audit Committee comprises the Chair 
and two Non-Executive Directors, all of 
whom are qualified accountants and possess 
extensive financial leadership experience.

External audit
The Audit Committee also approves the 
appointment and remuneration of the Group’s 
external auditors and satisfies itself that they 
maintain their independence regardless of 
any non-audit work performed by them. The 
Group adopts the following policy governing 
the performance of non-audit work by the 
auditors. The auditors are permitted to 
provide non-audit services which are not, 
and are not perceived to be, in conflict with 
auditor independence, providing they have 
the skill, competence and integrity to carry 
out the work, and are considered to be the 
most appropriate advisors to undertake such 
work in the best interests of the Group. All 
assignments are monitored by the Committee.

The respective responsibilities of the 
Directors and external auditors in connection 
with the financial statements are explained in 
the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 
on page 57 and the Auditors’ Report on pages 
58 to 62. Details of services provided by, and 
fees payable to, the auditors are shown in 
note 5 of the Group financial statements.

The Audit Committee has terms of 
reference in place which have been 
formally approved by the Board and are 
made available at the AGM and on the 
Group’s website.”

Richard Armitage 
Chair of the Audit Committee

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

ESG framework 
 
 
 
 
 
48

Audit Committee report continued

External audit continued
Whilst the Audit Committee has not adopted 
a formal policy in respect of the rotation of the 
external auditors, one of its principal duties is to 
make recommendations to the Board in relation 
to the appointment of the external auditors. 
Various factors are taken into account by the 
Committee in this respect, including the quality 
of the reports provided to the Committee, the 
level of service provided and the level of 
understanding of the Group’s business.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP have been the 
Group’s external auditors for many years. The 
Audit Committee considers that the 
relationship with the auditors is working well 
and remains satisfied with their effectiveness 
and independence. Accordingly, it has not 
considered it necessary to date to require the 
firm to re-tender for the audit work. The 
auditors are required to rotate the audit partner 
responsible for the Group and subsidiary audits 
every five years. The current audit partner is 
in the third year of his term as audit partner. 
There are no contractual obligations restricting 
the Group’s choice of auditors. As an AIM-listed 
Group the Group does not have a requirement 
to put the audit out to tender every ten years; 
however, this is kept under review by the Audit 
Committee to decide if tendering is 
appropriate.

Internal audit
The Group does not have a formal internal 
audit function but performs targeted reviews 
and visits to operations by the Head Office 
team and professional advisors. The Head 
Office function performs a rolling programme 
of internal control reviews with the divisions. 
External auditors are engaged to conduct 
annual internal control reviews into areas 
of specifically identified risk. The results 
of these reviews are communicated back 
to the Audit Committee. This approach is 
considered appropriate and proportionate 
for the size of the organisation.

Internal control and risk 
management
An internal control update is provided to 
the Audit Committee at each meeting. 
The principal risks are also reviewed and 
any changes in risk ratings are discussed 
to ensure that appropriate risk mitigations 
are in place where relevant.

Going concern
The Board has prepared cash flow forecasts 
for the period to 31 May 2024. Under this 
base case scenario, the Group is expected 
to continue to have significant headroom 
relative to the funding available to it and 
to comply with its banking covenants.

The Board has also considered a severe 
downside scenario based on a significant 
and sustained reduction in Fuels’ profitability 
alongside underperformance in Food and 

Feeds. This downside scenario excludes any 
mitigating actions that the Board would be 
able to take to reduce costs. Under this 
scenario, the Group would still expect to have 
sufficient headroom in its financing facilities.

Significant issues considered in 
relation to the financial statements
The Audit Committee assesses whether 
suitable accounting policies have been 
adopted and whether management has made 
appropriate estimates and judgements. 
The Committee reviews accounting papers 
prepared by management which provide details 
on the main financial reporting judgements. The 
Committee also reviews reports by the external 
auditors on the half-year and full-year results 
which highlight any issues arising from their 
work undertaken in respect of the half-year 
review and year end audit. The specific areas 
of risk in relation to the financial statements 
reviewed by the Committee were:

1.  Acquisition accounting
There have been no acquisitions made 
in the current financial year and therefore 
no accounting issues to note.

2.  The carrying value of goodwill and 

fixed assets

The Group’s goodwill and fixed assets are 
material balances. Annual impairment 
reviews are performed which use key 
judgements including estimates of future 
business performance and cash generation, 
discount rates and long-term growth rates. 
As a consequence of the lower level of 
performance in Feeds, the key assumptions 
used in the base case projections for Feeds 
were updated to reflect a slower speed of 
recovery. The Committee is comfortable with 
the key assumptions applied and management’s 
conclusion that an impairment of goodwill 
and other intangibles was appropriate. There 
are no indications of impairment identified 
in the Fuels and Food CGU.

3.   The carrying value of trade receivables
The Group holds material trade receivable 
balances, and the calculations of provisions 
for impairment are estimates of future events 
and therefore uncertain. The Committee has 
reviewed the current year provisions against 
trade receivables, including an assessment 
of the adequacy of the prior year provisions, 
and is satisfied with management’s conclusions 
that the provisioning levels are appropriate.

4.  Pensions including obligations 

and assumptions

The Group’s defined benefit pension 
scheme is material to its financial position. 
The amounts shown in the balance sheet are 
highly sensitive to changes in key actuarial 
assumptions which are set by reference 
to advice from professional advisors. 
Full disclosure of the pension scheme is 
provided in note 25 to the financial statements.

5.  Exceptional items
The Committee has considered the presentation 
of the Group financial statements and, in 
particular, the presentation of exceptional 
items. The Committee has discussed these 
items with management and agreed that the 
presentation is consistent with the Group’s 
accounting policy and provides more meaningful 
information to shareholders about the 
underlying performance of the Group.

6.   Alternative performance 

measures (‘APMs’)

The Group refers to a number of APMs 
throughout the Annual Report and Accounts. 
APMs are used by the Group to provide 
further clarity and transparency on the 
Group’s financial performance. The APMs 
are used internally by management to 
monitor business performance, for budgeting 
and for determining Directors’ remuneration.

The Committee is aware that the APMs are 
non-IFRS measures. APMs used by the Group 
are as follows:
•  headline operating profit, which refers 

to reported operating profit after adding 
back exceptional items and amortisation 
of acquired intangibles;

•  headline profit before tax, which refers 

to reported profit before tax after adding 
back the net finance cost in respect of the 
Group’s defined benefit pension scheme, 
exceptional items and amortisation of 
acquired intangibles;

•  headline EBITDA, which refers to reported 

operating profit after adding back exceptional 
items and amortisation of acquired 
intangibles. The headline EBITDA calculation 
excludes the impact of IFRS 16 depreciation;
•  headline earnings, which refers to profit for 
the year after adding back the net finance 
cost in respect of the Group’s defined 
benefit pension scheme, exceptional items, 
amortisation of acquired intangibles and 
the exceptional impact of remeasuring 
deferred tax balances, and taking into 
account the tax effect thereon; 

•  headline EPS, which refers to the reported 
EPS calculation based on headline earnings; 
•  headline ROCE; which refers to the return 
on capital based on headline operating 
profit; and

•  net debt, which is adjusted to exclude the 

impact of the adoption of IFRS 16.

The Committee considers that the APMs, all 
of which exclude the impact of non-recurring 
items or non-operating events, provide useful 
information for shareholders on the underlying 
trends and performance of the Group.

Richard Armitage
Chair of the Audit Committee
2 August 2022

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Directors’ remuneration report

49

Rewarding performance

Meetings in 2022

3(2021: 4)

Members of the 
Remuneration Committee
D S Downie (Chair)

T P Acton

R J Armitage

  Attended

  Did not attend

  Not required to attend

Dear shareholder,
I am pleased to present the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report for the year ended 
31 May 2022.

As an AIM-listed entity, the Group is not 
required to comply with Schedule 8 of the 
Large and Medium-sized Companies and 
Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 
2008 as amended, nor the principles in 
respect of Directors’ remuneration in the 
UK Corporate Governance Code 2018. 
Nevertheless, the Board recognises the 
importance of providing shareholders with 
appropriate information with respect to 
Executive remuneration and has followed the 
guidance contained in the Quoted Companies 
Alliance Remuneration Committee Guide 
when preparing this report. 

The aim of this report is to provide 
shareholders with information to understand 
our remuneration strategy and its linkage to 
the Group’s financial performance. The report 
consists of three sections: this introduction, 
the Directors’ remuneration policy and an 
annual report on remuneration, which will be 
the subject of an “advisory” shareholder vote.

Composition
The Remuneration Committee consists of 
the Chair and two Non-Executive Directors 
and is currently chaired by myself as an 
independent Non-Executive Director. As 
previously announced, Philip Acton will be 
stepping down from the Board at the time 
of the 2022 AGM, and I will be appointed as 
Chair of the Group at that time. As such, 
immediately following the 2022 AGM, Dawn 
Moore will become Chair of the Committee 
(further details including Dawn’s biography, 
can be found on pages 53 and 54), whilst I will 
remain as a member of the Committee. 

Group performance in 2021/22
The Group has delivered another strong set 
of results, again demonstrating its resilience 
and growth. The Group’s financial 
performance is detailed in the Strategic 
Report on pages 4 to 22. Overall Group 
performance has been taken into 
consideration by the Remuneration 
Committee when determining 
remuneration matters. 

Key pay out-turns for 2021/22
For 2021/22, the performance achieved 
against financial and operational targets 
resulted in 88% of the maximum annual 
bonus being paid.

Given our headline earnings per share (‘EPS’) 
performance of 35.0p at 31 May 2022, 100% 
of the LTIP awards granted in July 2019 will 
vest in August 2022.

We have followed the guidance 
contained in the Quoted Companies 
Alliance Remuneration Committee Guide 
when preparing this report.”

David Downie
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

ESG framework 
 
 
 
 
 
50

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Advisory vote
At the AGM to be held on 29 September 2022, 
this report, excluding the remuneration 
policy section, will again be subject to an 
“advisory” shareholder vote (Resolution 9).

David Downie
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
2 August 2022

Looking forward to 2022/23
An in-depth review of our remuneration 
policies will be undertaken with the 
assistance of external advisors, following 
Dawn Moore becoming Chair of the 
Committee later in the year. As part of this 
review, proposals for the addition of ESG 
measure(s) to the annual bonus and LTIP will 
be considered for incorporation into the 
remuneration policy.

Base salary for Executive Directors
As of 1 June 2022, Richard Whiting and Chris 
Belsham received a 3% increase in basic 
salary to £318,500 and £191,500 respectively. 
This was broadly in line with the average 
increase for the Group’s employees of 4.2%. 

Remuneration policy review
The annual review of our remuneration 
policies, with our external advisors, has 
been conducted to ensure that the policies 
are aligned to growth ambitions and the 
current marketplace. No changes to the 
remuneration policies have been made as 
a result of the review which concluded that 
the policies remain appropriate for an AIM 
listed business. The key reward schemes 
can be summarised as follows:
•  Annual bonus – an annual bonus with 

performance criteria based upon a mixture 
of profit-based and personal objectives as 
set by the Remuneration Committee.
•  Long-term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’) – three-
year share-based payments with the 
performance criteria being based upon 
EPS growth over the term of the award. 
A two-year holding period upon vesting 
was introduced for all awards granted 
from 2020 following review and in line 
with market practice.

Remuneration policy
The Group’s remuneration principles are as follows:
•  remuneration structures should be appropriate to the business, efficient and cost effective in delivery;
•  complexity is discouraged in favour of simple and understandable remuneration structures;
•  remuneration structures should seek to align Executive and shareholder interests including through a meaningful level of personal 

shareholding;

•  remuneration structures should promote long-term focus through features such as deferral and measuring performance over the long term;
•  structures should include performance adjustments (malus) and/or clawback provisions;
•  pay should be aligned to the long-term sustainable success and the desired corporate culture throughout the organisation with increases 

in base salary of Executives being aligned to those of the wider workforce; and

•  the Remuneration Committee ensures that rewards properly reflect business performance.

2022/23 remuneration policy
The principles of our approved remuneration policy are as follows:

Element 

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance metrics

Base salary
Designed to attract and retain 
Directors with the skills and 
experience needed to deliver 
long-term sustainable growth. 
Positioned competitively in 
line with the market.

Reviewed annually.

Any changes will normally take effect from 
1 June each year.

There is no maximum salary; 
however, any increase will 
usually correspond to the 
level of increase applied 
across the Group.

Annual bonus
To reward and motivate based 
upon challenging personal 
objectives and budget. 

Performance is measured over one financial 
year with weightings and targets being 
reviewed and set at the start of each 
financial year.

100% of base salary.

Malus and clawback provisions will be 
applied in a number of cases, including, 
but not limited to:
•  a gross misstatement of the performance 

of the business;
•  gross misconduct; or
•  a miscalculation of the extent to which 

targets have been met.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Base salary reviews and any 
increases are based upon pay 
conditions throughout the Group, 
the Director’s experience, skills 
and performance, market 
conditions and the Group’s 
performance.

For 2022/23, 75% of the bonus 
will be based on headline profit 
before tax performance with 
the remaining 25% based 
on the achievement of 
personal objectives.

51

Element 

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance metrics

Long-term Incentive Plan
To align the interests of the 
Executive Directors with 
shareholders.

For 2022/23, the awards will 
be subject to EPS performance 
as follows:
•  30% may vest for 

performance of RPI + 2% per 
annum; and

•  up to a maximum of 100% 

may vest for performance of 
RPI + 2% to 8% per annum.

Awards are usually made annually.

Performance is measured over three years.

100% of base salary at the time 
of the award.

Malus and clawback provisions will be 
applied in a number of cases, including, 
but not limited to:
•  a gross misstatement of the 
performance of the business;

•  gross misconduct; or
•  a miscalculation of the extent to which 

targets have been met.

Upon vesting, a holding period of two years 
applies to all awards made after 2020.

Executive Directors are expected to hold 
shares of value equivalent to 100% of their 
salary by the fifth anniversary of their 
appointment.

Pension and benefits
To provide a competitive 
package to attract and 
retain skilled and 
experienced Directors.

The Executive Directors are entitled to receive 
pension contributions from the Group. 
They can elect for those contributions to be 
paid in the form of taxable pension allowance 
or direct payments into a defined contribution 
pension scheme.

The Executive Directors are entitled to a 
standard Director benefits package, including 
a company car and private medical cover.

In respect of pension 
contributions, 30% of base 
salary for R A Whiting and 15% 
of base salary for C J Belsham.

None.

For all new Executive Director 
appointments, pension 
contributions will be a maximum 
of 10% of base salary.

Annual report on remuneration 2021/22
Directors’ emoluments – audited information

Name of Director

C J Belsham

R A Whiting

Non-Executive

T P Acton

R J Armitage

D S Downie

Y M Monaghan2

Aggregate emoluments

Fees/basic
salary
£’000

Benefits
£’000

186

309

82

43

43

—

663

13

20

—

—

—

—

33

Bonus
£’000

174

274

—

—

—

—

LTIP ¹
£’000

231

385

—

—

—

—

Pension
£’000

25

81

—

—

—

—

2022
Total
£’000

629

1,069

82

43

43

—

2021
Total
£’000

439

764

79

37

42

14

448

616

106

1,866

1,375

1 

 Calculated as an LTIP award for the three years ended 31 May 2022. C J Belsham and R A Whiting will be awarded 55,678 and 92,667 shares respectively, at the three-month average price 
of £214.81. The award will not vest until after the date of this report.

2   Y M Monaghan resigned as of 24 September 2020.

Annual bonus
For the year ended 31 May 2022, Executive Directors were eligible to receive a bonus of up to 100% of base salary, subject to the achievement 
of challenging headline profit before tax targets and personal objectives. 

2022 bonus targets

Determination

Performance against targets

Up to 75% of basic salary based 
on headline profit before tax.

The profit element of the bonus has a minimum 
threshold set at 95% achievement of budget. If this is 
achieved, 30% of the maximum available bonus for this 
element may be paid.

If headline profit before tax is as budgeted, 50% of the 
maximum available bonus for this element may be paid.

If headline profit before tax is 125% of budget, the 
maximum available bonus for this element may be paid. 

A sliding scale operates between these thresholds.

The maximum available profit-related 
bonus will be paid in respect of headline 
PBT performance in FY22.

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

ESG framework 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
52

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Annual report on remuneration 2021/22 continued
Annual bonus continued
2022 bonus targets

Determination

Up to 25% of base salary based 
on personal objectives.

R A Whiting considers the extent to which personal 
objectives have been achieved by C J Belsham to 
determine the award under the personal objectives 
element of the bonus. 

The Chair of the Board considers the extent to which 
personal objectives have been achieved by R A Whiting.

In both cases the Remuneration Committee has the 
ultimate approval on the achievement. 

Performance against targets

65% achievement of personal objectives.1

1  This is the average figure for C J Belsham and R A Whiting in respect of the achievement of personal objectives.

Long-term Incentive Plan
The table below summarises the outstanding Performance Share Plan awards. 2019 awards are based on absolute EPS performance in the year 
ended 31 May 2022. 2020 awards are based on absolute EPS performance in the year ending 31 May 2023. 2021 awards are based on absolute 
EPS performance in the year ending 31 May 2024.

C J Belsham

R A Whiting

Share price
at date of
grant

Number of
shares
vesting at
maximum

Face value
of shares
vesting
at maximum

EPS for
maximum
vesting ¹

166.0p

205.0p

217.0p

166.0p

205.0p

217.0p

107,590

£178,600

88,902

£182,250

85,714

£186,000

179,066

£297,250

147,927

£303,250

142,512

£309,250

22.8p

30.8p

30.4p

22.8p

30.8p

30.4p

Award date

30 July 2019

4 August 2020 2

3 August 2021 2

30 July 2019

4 August 2020 2

3 August 2021 2

Number of 
shares
vesting at
threshold
 (30%)

32,277

26,671

25,714

53,720

44,378

42,753

EPS for
threshold
vesting ¹

19.4p

26.2p

25.9p

19.4p

26.2p

25.9p

Performance
year ending

31 May 2022

31 May 2023

31 May 2024

31 May 2022

31 May 2023

31 May 2024

1 

 EPS targets based on headline EPS – year ended 31 May 2022 for the 2019 award, year ending 31 May 2023 for the 2020 award and year ending 31 May 2024 for the 2021 award. EPS targets for 
maximum and threshold vesting are based on the forecast RPI as at 31 May 2022.

2  A holding period of two years will apply to all awards made after 2020 upon vesting.

C J Belsham and R A Whiting exercised options over 49,919 and 83,079 shares respectively during the year, at the three-month average price 
of £216.34.

Directors’ interests
The Directors who held office at 31 May 2022 had the following interests in the ordinary shares of the Group:

Name of Director

T P Acton

R J Armitage

C J Belsham

D S Downie

R A Whiting

31 May
2022
Number

30,000

10,000

107,167

10,000

412,455

Payments for loss of office
No payments for loss of office were made during the year ended 31 May 2022 to previous Directors (31 May 2021: none).

Terms and conditions for Non-Executive Directors
Non-Executive Directors do not have service contracts but appointment letters setting out their terms of appointment. All Non-Executive 
Directors are appointed for one year with renewal for further one-year terms if performance is satisfactory, normally renewable on a similar 
basis subject to re-election at the Group’s AGM.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
 
 
 
 
Nomination Committee report

53

Planning for the future

Meetings in 2022

2(2021: N/A)

Members of the 
Nomination Committee
T P Acton (Chair)

D S Downie

R J Armitage

  Attended

  Did not attend

  Not required to attend

Dear shareholder,
I am pleased to present the first Nomination 
Committee Report which covers the year 
ended 31 May 2022.

Composition
The Nomination Committee consists of 
myself, as Chair of the Committee, and two 
Non-Executive Directors. As I will be stepping 
down from the Board at the 2022 AGM, David 
Downie will become Chair of the Committee 
and Dawn Moore will be appointed as a 
member of the Committee at that time.

The Nomination Committee met on two 
occasions during the year.

Responsibilities
The Nomination Committee has terms of 
reference in place which have been formally 
approved by the Board, are regularly reviewed 
and updated, and are available on the Group’s 
website. The Committee’s main 
responsibilities include developing and 
maintaining a rigorous and transparent 
procedure for making recommendations 
on Board, and material subsidiary company 
board, appointments and ensuring plans are 
in place for orderly succession to Board and 
senior management positions. 

The Committee has a key role in ensuring 
the Board, its Committees and senior 
management team have the appropriate 
balance of skills, experience, qualities and 
capabilities they need to be successful and 
effective now, and as the businesses evolve. 
The process by which Board and other senior 
management appointments are determined 
is detailed in the Committee’s terms 
of reference.

Key areas of focus in the year 
ended 31 May 2022
Succession planning has been the main area 
of focus for the Nomination Committee 
during the year.

Specific activities undertaken include:
•  succession of the Chair; 
•  recommendation of successors for the 

Food Managing Director and Food Finance 
Director positions;

•  recommendation of the appointment of 

Dawn Moore to the Board and its 
Committees; and

•  a review of the existing succession plans 

for the Board.

Succession planning will remain an area 
of focus for the Committee in 2022/23 
and will be extended to encompass other 
senior management positions.”

Philip Acton
Chair of the Nomination Committee

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

ESG framework 
 
 
 
54

Nomination Committee report continued

Recommendation of the 
appointment of Dawn Moore
Following the announcement of David Downie 
as my successor as Chair of the Group, 
a comprehensive, focused search for a new 
Non-Executive Director and Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee was undertaken 
with the assistance of HW Global (an 
independent executive search firm with 
no other connection with the Group). 
In accordance with the QCA Code, the 
Board and Committee regularly challenge 
the Board’s composition and balance of 
skills. Increasing the Board’s diversity and 
bolstering its skills and capabilities within 
the social aspects of ESG were key criteria 
of the search process.

Following interviews of the shortlisted 
candidates with all Board members, the 
Committee recommended Dawn Moore for 
appointment. Dawn will be appointed on 
1 September 2022 and will be subject to 
election by shareholders at the AGM to be 
held on 29 September 2022. Dawn Moore is 
an experienced Director and is currently 
Group Director of People and Communications 
for J Murphy & Sons Ltd, overseeing the 
People strategy and activities for all of 
Murphy operations across the UK, Ireland and 
Canada. Prior to this Dawn held senior HR 
roles in a variety of construction, engineering 
and manufacturing related businesses. Dawn 
has over 27 years of HR experience and is 
also an experienced Non-Executive Director 
and Remuneration Committee chair, having 
held roles in the public, private and third 
sectors since 2014. 

Succession of the Chair
This process was led by myself, undertaking 
a rigorous process to establish my successor, 
with the support of executive search firm 
Warren Partners. Warren Partners is 
independent and has no other connection 
to the Group. 

The skills, experience, qualities and 
capabilities required were identified through 
interviews with each of the Executive 
Directors and following a review of the results 
of the appraisals undertaken by the Board 
and its Committees and in respect of the 
Chair and individual Directors. Following a 
thorough evaluation of the candidates against 
the criteria identified, David Downie was 
announced as Chair Designate on 1 February 
2022. David is an experienced Director 
who has served on the Board for four years 
and is currently Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee.

Recommendation of successors 
for the Food Managing Director and 
Food Finance Director positions
Following the decision by the Food Managing 
Director and Food Finance Director to 
retire in 2022, the Committee oversaw the 
recruitment process for successors for both 
roles. Competency and role descriptions 
for both positions were compiled, and a 
comprehensive search and selection process 
was undertaken, again utilising the services 
of Warren Partners in respect of the Food 
Managing Director position.

A shortlist of candidates was prepared 
for both roles, with candidates for the 
Food Managing Director vacancy giving 
presentations to the Board. This led to 
the appointment of Angela Carus as Food 
Managing Director in January 2022 and Alex 
Hall as Food Finance Director in March 2022.

Key activities in 2021/22

Review of existing 
succession plans
A review of the existing succession plans 
for the Board has been undertaken during 
the year, with some of the outcomes of the 
review being described above. The results 
of the appraisals undertaken by the Board, 
its Committees and in respect of the Chair 
(as detailed on page 46) have informed the 
development of the existing succession plans.

Succession planning will remain an area of 
focus for the Committee in 2022/23 and will 
be extended to encompass other senior 
management positions. 

Nomination Committee evaluation
The Committee will annually evaluate its 
performance. The first evaluation is being 
conducted using a comprehensive, tailored 
questionnaire. Further details can be found 
on page 46.

Philip Acton
Chair of the Nomination Committee
2 August 2022

Board, Committee and senior management team composition
•  Reviewed the composition of the Board and its Committees to 

identify the skills, experience, qualities and capabilities required 
of the Chair’s successor and the new Non-Executive Director. 
•  Undertaken a rigorous process to establish the Chair’s successor.
•  Oversaw the recruitment process for successors for the Food 

Managing Director and Food Finance Director roles.

•  Undertaken a comprehensive search for a new Non-Executive 

Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee.

•  Recommended to the Board the appointment of Dawn Moore as 
Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee.

Succession planning
•  Reviewed the existing succession plans for the Board.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Directors’ report
for the year ended 31 May 2022

The Directors present their report together 
with the audited Annual Report and Accounts 
of the Parent Company (‘the Company’) and 
the Group for the year ended 31 May 2022. 

The Directors consider that the Annual 
Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Group and Parent Company’s 
performance, business model and strategy.

Business review and future 
developments
A review of the performance of the Group 
during the year, including principal risks and 
uncertainties, key performance indicators 
and comments on future developments, 
is included in the Strategic Report and is 
included in this report by cross-reference. 
The Strategic Report has been reviewed and 
approved by the Board of Directors.

Results and dividends
The Group recorded revenue in the year of 
£878.6 million (2021: £675.6 million) and profit 
after tax of £8.4 million (2021: £7.8 million).

The Directors recommend a final dividend for 
the year of 6.5p per share (2021: 6.2p) which, 
if approved at the AGM, will be payable on 
9 December 2022. Together with the interim 
dividend paid during the year of 1.0p per 
share (2021: 1.0p), this will result in a total 
dividend of 7.5p per share (2021: 7.2p) 
amounting to £3.7 million (2021: £3.5 million).

Financial risk management
Information relating to the principal risks and 
uncertainties of the Group has been included 
within the Strategic Report and is included 
in this report by cross-reference. Further 
information relating to the financial risks of 
the Group has been included within note 22, 
Financial instruments and risk management.

Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together 
with the factors likely to affect its future 
development, performance and position, 
are set out in the Group Financial Review on 
pages 16 to 18. The financial position of the 
Group and its cash flows, liquidity position 
and borrowing facilities are also described 
in the Group Financial Review. In addition, 
note 22 of the Group financial statements 
includes the Group’s objectives, policies 
and processes for managing its capital, 
its financial risk management objectives, 
details of its financial instruments and 
hedging activities and its exposure to 
price, interest rate, credit and liquidity risk. 

55

Accordingly, the Directors, having made 
suitable enquiries, have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company and the 
Group have adequate resources to continue 
in operational existence for the foreseeable 
future based on the following factors:
•  The Group has an agreement with NatWest 
Group for credit facilities totalling £65.0 
million. With the exception of the bank 
overdraft facility of £1.0 million and the 
£4.0 million bank guarantee facility, which 
are renewed annually, these facilities are 
committed through to 31 October 2023. 
The Group’s banking facilities, provided by 
NatWest Group, were renewed on 29 June 
2018 and are committed until 31 October 
2023. The Group is profitable, cash 
generative, has a strong balance sheet 
position and a good relationship with its 
banker. As such, there are no concerns 
regarding the refinancing of the Group’s 
facilities, which is expected to complete in 
2023. As at 31 May 2022 the Group had 
available funds of £70.1 million (based on 
cash balances, invoice discounting 
availability, RCF and overdraft facilities), 
against which the Group was utilising £Nil. 

•  The Board has prepared cash flow 

forecasts for the period to 31 May 2024. 
Under this base case scenario, the Group 
is expected to continue to have significant 
headroom relative to the funding available 
to it and to comply with its banking covenants.

•  The Board has also considered a severe 
downside scenario based on a significant 
and sustained reduction in Fuels’ 
profitability alongside underperformance 
in Food and Feeds. This downside scenario 
excludes any mitigating actions that the 
Board would be able to take to reduce 
costs. Under this scenario, the Group 
would still expect to have sufficient 
headroom in its financing facilities.
•  On the basis of the above, the Directors 

continue to adopt the going concern basis 
of accounting in preparing the annual 
financial statements.

Forward-looking statements
The Annual Report and Accounts include 
certain statements that are forward-looking 
statements. These statements appear in a 
number of places throughout the Strategic 
Report and include statements regarding 
the Group’s intentions, beliefs or current 
expectations and those of its officers, 
Directors and employees concerning, 
amongst other things, the results of 
operations, financial condition, liquidity, 
prospects, growth and strategies of the 
Group’s businesses. By their nature, these 
statements involve uncertainty since future 
events and circumstances can cause results 
and developments to differ materially from 
those anticipated.

Directors and their interests
The Directors of the Company who were 
in office during the year and up to the date 
of signing the financial statements were:
•  Philip Acton
•  Richard Armitage 
•  Chris Belsham 
•  David Downie
•  Richard Whiting

The Directors who held office as at 31 May 
2022 had the following interests in the 
ordinary shares of the Group.

Name of Director

T P Acton

R J Armitage

C J Belsham

D S Downie

R A Whiting

31 May
2022
Number

30,000

10,000

107,167

10,000

412,455

In addition to the interests in ordinary 
shares shown above, the Group operates a 
Performance Share Plan (‘the LTIP’) for senior 
executives, under which certain Directors 
have been granted conditional share awards. 
Subject to achieving performance targets, 
the maximum number of ordinary shares 
which could be issued to Directors in the 
future under such awards is shown below:

C J Belsham 

R A Whiting

31 May
2022
Number

174,616

290,439

Further information on the Directors’ 
interests in the LTIP conditional share 
awards can be found in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report.

The market price of the Group’s shares at the 
end of the financial year was 220.0p (31 May 
2021: 212.0p) and the range of market prices 
during the year was between 187.0p 
and 230.0p.

No changes took place in the interests of 
Directors between 31 May 2022 and the date 
of signing the financial statements.

Further details on related party transactions 
with Directors are provided in note 29 of the 
Group financial statements.

Directors’ indemnities
The Group has made qualifying third party 
indemnity provisions for the benefit of the 
Directors, which were in force during the year 
and up to the date of this report.

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

ESG framework 
 
 
56

Directors’ report continued
for the year ended 31 May 2022

Major shareholdings as at 31 May 2022
Name of shareholder

Interactive Investor

Festa Lífeyrissjóður

Sameinaði Lífeyrisjóðurinn

Lífeyrissjóður Vestmannaeyja

Close Brothers Asset Management

Cazenove Capital Management

JM Finn

Hargreaves Lansdown

Number

%

2,602,804

2,382,389

2,382,389

2,382,389

2,026,897

1,836,802

1,503,813

1,485,034

5.30

4.85

4.85

4.85

4.13

3.74

3.06

3.02

Corporate governance
The Group’s statement on corporate 
governance can be found in the 
Corporate Governance Statement which 
is incorporated by reference and forms 
part of this Directors’ Report.

Independent auditors
The auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 
have indicated their willingness to continue 
in office and a resolution concerning their 
reappointment will be proposed at the AGM.

By order of the Board

Rob Andrew
Company Secretary
Wardle 
Nantwich 
Cheshire 
CW5 6BP
Registered number: 02264971 
2 August 2022

Employee engagement
The Group systematically provides employees 
with information on matters of concern to 
them, consulting them or their representatives 
regularly, so that their views can be taken 
into account when making decisions that 
are likely to affect their interests. Employee 
involvement in the Group is encouraged, 
as achieving a common awareness on the 
part of all employees of the financial and 
economic factors affecting the Group plays 
a major role in its performance.

The Group is committed to an active equal 
opportunities policy from recruitment and 
selection, through training and development, 
performance reviews and promotion to 
retirement. The Group’s policy is to promote 
an environment free from discrimination, 
harassment and victimisation, where all 
employees receive equal treatment 
regardless of gender, colour, ethnic or 
national origin, health condition, disabilities, 
age, marital or civil partner status, sexual 
orientation or religion. All decisions relating 
to employment practices will be objective, 
free from bias and based solely upon work 
criteria and individual merit.

Further information and examples of the 
Group’s engagement with employees can 
be found in our Section 172 Statement on 
page 35 and sustainability strategy on pages 
29 and 30.

Business relationships
The Group recognises its responsibility to act 
fairly in our engagements with customers, 
suppliers, investors and any regulators, all 
of whom are integral to the success of the 
Group. The strength of the Group’s business 
relationships is vital and the Group aims to 
collaborate with customers and suppliers 
to deliver long-term sustainable solutions.

Further information and examples of the 
Group’s engagement with customers, 
suppliers and others can be found in our 
Section 172 Statement on pages 34 to 37 and 
sustainability strategy on pages 23 to 33. 

Takeover Directive requirements
The Group has one class of equity share, 
namely 25p ordinary shares. The shares have 
equal voting rights and there are no special 
rights or restrictions attaching to any of them 
or their transfer to other persons.

Rules governing the appointment and 
replacement of Directors, and those relating 
to the amendment of the Group’s Articles of 
Association, are contained within those 
Articles of Association, a copy of which 
is located on the Group’s website (nwf.co.uk).

Notice of AGM
A Notice of AGM, with explanatory notes, 
accompanies these financial statements.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
for the year ended 31 May 2022

57

•  make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable and 
prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements on 
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the 
Group and Parent Company will 
continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Group and 
Parent Company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are also responsible for 
keeping adequate accounting records that 
are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s 
and Parent Company’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any 
time the financial position of the Group and 
Parent Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply with 
the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the Parent 
Company’s website. Legislation in the United 
Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ confirmations
In the case of each Director in office at the 
date the Directors’ report is approved:
•  so far as the Director is aware, there is 

no relevant audit information of which the 
Group’s and Parent Company’s auditors 
are unaware; and

•  they have taken all the steps that they 

ought to have taken as a Director in order 
to make themselves aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that the 
Group’s and Parent Company’s auditors are 
aware of that information.

By order of the Board

Rob Andrew
Company Secretary
Wardle 
Nantwich
Cheshire 
CW5 6BP
Registered number: 02264971 
2 August 2022

The Directors are responsible for preparing 
the Annual Report and the financial 
statements in accordance with applicable  
law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to 
prepare financial statements for each 
financial year. Under that law the Directors 
have prepared the Group financial 
statements in accordance with UK-adopted 
international accounting standards and the 
Parent Company financial statements in 
accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice (United 
Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising 
FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”, 
and applicable law).

Under Company law, Directors must not 
approve the financial statements unless 
they are satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view of the state of affairs of the Group 
and Parent Company and of the profit or 
loss of the Group for that period. In 
preparing the financial statements, 
the Directors are required to:
•  select suitable accounting policies and 

then apply them consistently;

•  state whether applicable UK-adopted 

international accounting standards have 
been followed for the Group financial 
statements and United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards, comprising 
FRS 101  have been followed for the Parent 
Company financial statements, subject to 
any material departures disclosed and 
explained in the financial statements;

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

ESG framework58

Independent auditors’ report
to the members of NWF Group plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion:
•  NWF Group plc’s group financial statements and parent company financial statements (the “financial statements”) give a true and fair view of 
the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 May 2022 and of the group’s profit and the group’s cash flows for the year 
then ended;

•  the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards;
•  the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 

Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”, and applicable law); and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts (the “Annual Report”), which comprise: the Consolidated 
and Parent Company balance sheets as at 31 May 2022; the Consolidated income statement, the Consolidated and Parent Company statements of 
comprehensive income, the Consolidated and Parent Company statements of changes in equity and the Consolidated cash flow statement for the 
year then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under 
ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that 
the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in 
the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with these requirements.

Our audit approach
Overview
Audit scope
•  The Group consists of five trading entities alongside its Head Office company and other holding companies. Our audit focused on those 
entities with the most significant contribution to the Group’s results, being NWF Agriculture Limited, NWF Fuels Limited, Boughey 
Distribution Limited, New Breed (UK) Limited along with the Head Office company.

•  The components within the scope of our work accounted for 99% of Group revenue and 99% of Group profit before tax.

Key audit matters
•  Defined benefit pension plan liabilities (group and parent)
•  Goodwill impairment of the Feeds CGU (group)

Materiality
•  Overall group materiality: £1,000,000 (2021: £567,000) based on 5% of adjusted profit before tax.
•  Overall parent company materiality: £530,000 (2021: £480,000) based on 0.97% of total assets.
•  Performance materiality: £750,000 (2021: £425,000) (group) and £397,500 (2021: £360,000) (parent company).

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; 
and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were 
addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a 
separate opinion on these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Goodwill impairment of the Feeds CGU is a new key audit matter this year. Impact of Covid-19, which was a key audit matter last year, is no 
longer included because of the reduced impact of Covid-19 on the Group’s and the parent’s operations and results. Otherwise, the key audit 
matters below are consistent with last year.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

59

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our audit approach continued
Key audit matters continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Defined benefit pension plan liabilities (group and parent) 
Refer to page 48 (Audit Committee Report), note 2 (Accounting policies), 
page 73 (Critical accounting estimates and judgements) and note 25. 

The Group and the parent company have a defined benefit pension plan 
net liability of £9.3 million (2021: £14.9 million), which is significant in the 
context of both the overall balance sheet of the Group and the parent 
company. 

A major constituent of this net liability is the value attributed to the 
gross liabilities of the pension scheme. The valuation of these gross 
liabilities of £49.0 million (2021: £60.0million) requires significant 
judgement and expertise primarily in respect of the key actuarial 
assumptions used. These assumptions include both financial 
assumptions, e.g. the discount rate and inflation, but also key 
demographic assumptions, e.g. mortality rates. 

Modest changes in a number of these key assumptions can have a 
material impact on the calculation of the liability and therefore a 
significant effect on the financial position of the Group and the parent 
company. We therefore focused our work on this area.

Goodwill impairment of the Feeds CGU (group)
Refer to page 73 (Critical accounting estimates and judgements) and 
note 13. The Group has a goodwill balance in its Feeds CGU of £4.4 
million (2021: £11.9 million). 

As required by UK-adopted international accounting standards, 
specifically IAS 36 ‘Impairment of asset, it is the annual responsibility 
of the directors to test for impairment or more frequently if there are 
indications of impairment. 

We have tested the directors’ goodwill impairment model of its Feeds 
cash generating unit (CGU). At the half year in November 2021, 
impairment indicators existed that resulted in the directors to perform 
an impairment review of this CGU. It was calculated that an impairment 
of £7.9m was required to goodwill which has subsequently been 
adjusted in the Group financial statements. This impairment review 
was revisited at the year end by the directors to update for any post 
November 2021 actual results. The forecasts for 2023 and beyond 
remained in-line with those based on the half year model. 

The impairment review used a value in use model determined using 
the discounted cash flow projections based on the budgets approved 
by the Directors of the Group. The model involved a number of 
estimates and assumptions used in deriving the recoverable amounts 
of the CGU, for example, revenue growth, earnings before interest and 
tax (“EBIT”), earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and 
amortisation (“EBITDA”), terminal growth rate and discount rate.

Our procedures over the testing of this net defined benefit pension 
plan liability include:

We obtained the external actuary’s report used in valuing the 
scheme’s liabilities. Using our experience of the valuation of similar 
schemes, and our own pension specialists, we challenged a number 
of the key inputs in the report and evaluated the methodologies 
adopted by the actuary in forming the valuation consistent with 
industry practice and our expectations.

We also agreed the key financial assumptions used within the 
valuation of the scheme’s liabilities, including the discount and 
inflation rates, to our internally developed benchmarks. Further we 
considered the appropriateness and reasonableness of the approach 
taken to setting the mortality assumptions. 

We assessed the membership data used in valuing the schemes’ 
liabilities and tested any significant changes since the last valuation.

We read the disclosures within the financial statements in respect of 
the defined benefit scheme and determined if they are consistent 
with accounting standards.

We checked the disclosures made in the financial statements back to 
supporting documentation.

As a result of these procedures, we concluded that defined benefit 
pension plan liabilities are free from material misstatement and that 
appropriate disclosures have been made in the financial statements.

In assessing the appropriateness of valuation of goodwill, we obtained 
management’s impairment calculations and our work included the 
following substantive procedures:

We evaluated management’s discounted cash flow model, checking 
the relevant inputs to supporting documentation and challenging 
management on key assumptions within the calculations. Our 
challenge included assessing whether management had considered 
consumer trends and any associated climate change considerations 
within their model.

We obtained an external specialist report used in valuing the discount 
rate and using our own valuer, we challenged a number of the key 
inputs in the report and concluded that the methodologies adopted 
by the specialist in forming the valuation were consistent with 
industry practice and within our acceptable range.

We recalculated management’s own sensitivity analysis of key 
assumptions used in the value in use assessment and also challenged 
the appropriateness of management’s sensitivity analysis. 

We also performed our own independent breakeven analysis on 
discount rate to establish the point where an impairment existed.

We assessed the accuracy of management’s historic forecasts 
against actual financial results to assess the reasonableness of 
estimates used in the forecast.

We considered publicly available information and considered whether 
there were any views contrary to those of management.

We reviewed the goodwill disclosures made in the financial 
statements back to supporting documentation.

Based on our work performed, we concluded that the carrying values 
of those assets have been appropriately reduced to their recoverable 
amounts as at 31 May 2022 and that appropriate disclosures have 
been made in the financial statements.

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statements60

Independent auditors’ report continued
to the members of NWF Group plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our audit approach continued
How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a 
whole, taking into account the structure of the group and the parent company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in 
which they operate.

The Group is managed on an entity basis with five trading entities, along with a Head Office company and three holding companies. The Group’s 
trading entities are all based in the UK and operate their own accounting function, which report to the Group finance team. Consistent with the 
Group’s operations, we scoped our audit at an entity level, performing a full scope audit in respect of NWF Agriculture Limited, NWF Fuels 
Limited, Boughey Distribution Limited and New Breed (UK) Limited, along with the Head Office company. Audit work across the Group, including 
the trading entities and Head Office company, was performed by the same audit team based out of our Manchester office.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together 
with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the 
individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on 
the financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall materiality

£1,000,000 (2021: £567,000).

£530,000 (2021: £480,000).

How we determined it

5% of adjusted profit before tax

0.97% of total assets

Financial statements - group

Financial statements - parent company

Rationale for benchmark applied

Adjusted profit before tax is the primary 
measure used by the shareholders in 
assessing the performance of the Group, and 
is a generally accepted auditing benchmark. 
Profit before tax has been adjusted for 
exceptional items only.

Total assets are considered to be appropriate as 
the Parent Company is not profit oriented. The 
Parent Company acts as a holding company, 
holding investments in subsidiaries along with 
investment property which is utilised by the 
Group's trading entities.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The range of 
materiality allocated across components was £50,000 to £950,000. Certain components were audited to a local statutory audit materiality that 
was also less than our overall group materiality.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the nature 
and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes. Our 
performance materiality was 75% (2021: 75%) of overall materiality, amounting to £750,000 (2021: £425,000) for the group financial statements 
and £397,500 (2021: £360,000) for the parent company financial statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors - the history of misstatements, risk assessment and 
aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls - and concluded that an amount in the middle of our normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with those charged with governance that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £50,000 (group 
audit) (2021: £28,000) and £26,500 (parent company audit) (2021: £24,000) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, 
warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting included:
•  we obtained management’s forecasts and information for the period extending 12 months from the date of approval of the financial 

statements;

•  we evaluated and assessed the process by which the Group’s future cash flow forecasts were prepared; 
•  we agreed the opening position of the Group’s cash flow forecasts to the June 2022 management accounts. We also agreed the gross debt 

and cash per the 31 May 2022 audited financial statements to the cash flow forecast;

•  we have reviewed the mathematical accuracy of management’s forecasts;
•  we assessed and challenged management’s key assumptions in the going concern model, including the forecast sales, margins, capital 

expenditure and other costs assumptions over the next 12 months; 

•  we evaluated the appropriateness of the severe but plausible cash flow forecast used in management’s determination of the going concern 
basis of preparation, which included an assessment and sensitivity analysis on key assumptions underpinning the cash flows throughout the 
going concern period;

•  we obtained the terms of the Group’s financing facility and the covenants in place in relation to this facility, and determined that the Group’s 
base case and severe but plausible forecasts show compliance with all covenant conditions for at least 12 months from the date of the 
approved financial statements; and

•  we have reviewed management’s disclosure in the Annual Report and Accounts in relation to the Directors’ going concern conclusion and are 

satisfied that they are consistent with the assessment performed. 

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

61

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Conclusions relating to going concern continued
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or 
collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least 
twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of 
the financial statements is appropriate.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the group’s and the parent 
company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.

Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon. 
The directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, 
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the 
other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be 
materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to 
conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on 
the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We 
have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic report and Directors’ report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006 
have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain opinions and matters as 
described below.

Strategic report and Directors’ report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic report and Directors’ report for 
the year ended 31 May 2022 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and parent company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did 
not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic report and Directors’ report.

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ responsibilities, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The directors are also 
responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors 
either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but 
is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected 
to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our 
procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations 
related to UK tax legislations and the Companies Act 2006, and we considered the extent to which non-compliance might have a material effect 
on the financial statements. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements 
(including the risk of override of controls), and determined that the principal risks were related to posting inappropriate journal entries including 
those to increase revenue of the Group/parent company and management bias in accounting estimates. Audit procedures performed by the 
engagement team included:
•  Inquiry with management in respect of potential non-compliance with laws and regulations;
•  reviewing minutes of meetings of those charged with governance; 
•  reviewing financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation; 
•  testing journal entries meeting specific risk criterias, testing accounting estimates for indication of management bias, and evaluating the 

business rationale of any significant transactions outside the normal course of business; and

•  Designing audit procedures to incorporate unpredictability around the nature, timing or extent of our testing. 

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statements62

Independent auditors’ report continued
to the members of NWF Group plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit continued
Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements continued
There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become aware of instances of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations that are not closely related to events and transactions reflected in the financial statements. Also, the risk of not 
detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate 
concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing techniques. 
However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We will often seek to 
target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a 
conclusion about the population from which the sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the parent company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 
of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any 
other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior 
consent in writing.

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
•  we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 

branches not visited by us; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
•  the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Jonathan Studholme (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
Manchester
2 August 2022

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Consolidated income statement
for the year ended 31 May 2022

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses

Headline operating profit1

Exceptional items

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Operating profit

Finance costs

Headline profit before taxation1

Net finance cost in respect of the defined benefit pension scheme

Exceptional items

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Profit before taxation

Income tax expense

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders

Earnings per share (pence)

Basic

Diluted

Headline earnings per share (pence)1

Basic

Diluted

63

2021
£m

675.6

(637.7)

37.9

(25.8)

12.9

(0.5)

(0.3)

12.1

(1.3)

11.9

(0.3)

(0.5)

(0.3)

10.8

(3.0)

7.8

15.9

15.9

20.4

20.4

Note

3,4

5

13

4

7

5

13

5

8

10

10

10

10

2022
£m

878.6

(823.3)

55.3

(42.1)

21.8

(8.3)

(0.3)

13.2

(1.2)

20.9

(0.3)

(8.3)

(0.3)

12.0

(3.6)

8.4

17.1

17.0

35.0

34.8

1 

 Headline operating profit is statutory operating profit of £13.2 million (2021: £12.1 million) before exceptional items of £8.3 million (2021: £0.5 million) and amortisation of 
acquired intangibles of £0.3 million (2021: £0.3 million). Headline profit before taxation is statutory profit before taxation of £12.0 million (2021: £10.8 million) after adding 
back the net finance cost in respect of the Group’s defined benefit pension scheme of £0.3 million (2021: £0.3 million), the exceptional items and amortisation of acquired 
intangibles. Headline earnings per share also takes into account the taxation effect thereon.

The results relate to continuing operations.

The notes on pages 68 to 95 form part of these Group financial statements.

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statements64

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 May 2022

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders

Items that will never be reclassified to income statement:

Remeasurement gain defined benefit pension scheme

Tax on items that will never be reclassified to income statement

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

The notes on pages 68 to 95 form part of these Group financial statements.

Note

25

2022
£m

8.4

4.0

(1.0)

3.0

11.4

2021
£m

7.8

4.0

0.1 

4.1

11.9

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Consolidated balance sheet
as at 31 May 2022

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right of use assets

Intangible assets

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Reimbursement assets

Current income tax assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Derivative financial instruments

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Current income tax liabilities

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

Provision for liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

Provision for liabilities

Deferred income tax liabilities

Retirement benefit obligations

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Share capital

Share premium

Retained earnings

Total equity

65

2021
(restated1)
£m

47.3

25.4

30.9

103.6

6.6

72.1

3.0

0.4

4.0

0.2

86.3

189.9

2022
£m

45.4

27.5

22.7

95.6

9.8

96.2

2.8

—

9.1

0.4

118.3

213.9

(100.6)

(74.8)

(0.4)

— 

(8.6)

(3.1)

(0.2)

—

(6.5)

(7.4)

(3.0)

(0.1)

(112.9)

(91.8)

— 

(19.7)

(0.7)

(3.2)

(9.3)

(3.0)

(18.4)

(0.4)

(1.9)

(14.9)

(32.9)

(38.6)

(145.8)

(130.4)

68.1

59.5

12.3

0.9

54.9

68.1

12.3

0.9

46.3

59.5

Note

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

22

18

19

20

21

22

19

20

21

23

25

24

1 

 A £3.0 million provision for liabilities has been recognised as at 31 May 2021 in respect third party claims made against the Group, but which are indemnified under the terms 
of its insurance policy. A corresponding reimbursement asset of £3.0 million has been recognised as at 31 May 2021. As the Group expects, on average, insurance claims to be 
settled within one year which is driven by a review of the historic claims data, recognition of these balances is made with current assets and current liabilities. The impact on 
the brought forward balance sheet at 1 June 2020 would be the inclusion of a provision for insurance claims of £2.9 million and a corresponding re-imbursement asset of 
£2.9 million in respect of third party claims made against the Group, but which were indemnified under the terms of its insurance policy.

The Group financial statements on pages 63 to 95 were approved by the Board of Directors on 2 August 2022 and were signed on its behalf by:

R A Whiting  
Director 

C J Belsham
Director

The notes on pages 68 to 95 form part of these Group financial statements.

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statements 
 
 
66

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 May 2022

Balance at 1 June 2020 

Profit for the year

Items that will never be reclassified to income statement:

Actuarial gain on defined benefit pension scheme (note 25)

Tax on items that will never be reclassified to income statement 

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners:

Issue of shares

Dividends paid (note 9)

Value of employee services 

Credit to equity for equity-settled share-based payments

Total transactions with owners

Balance at 31 May 2021

Profit for the year

Items that will never be reclassified to income statement:

Actuarial gain on defined benefit pension scheme (note 25)

Tax on items that will never be reclassified to income statement 

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners:

Issue of shares

Dividends paid (note 9)

Value of employee services 

Credit to equity for equity-settled share-based payments

Total transactions with owners

Balance at 31 May 2022

The notes on pages 68 to 95 form part of these Group financial statements.

Share
capital
£m

12.2

Share
premium
£m

0.9

—

—

—

—

—

0.1

—

—

—

0.1

12.3

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0.9

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Retained
earnings
£m

38.0

7.8

4.0

0.1

4.1

11.9

(0.1)

(3.4)

(0.5)

0.4

(3.6)

46.3

8.4

4.0

(1.0)

3.0

11.4

—

(3.5)

(0.1)

0.8

(2.8)

12.3

0.9

54.9

Total
equity
£m

51.1

7.8

4.0

0.1

4.1

11.9

—

(3.4)

(0.5)

0.4

(3.5)

59.5

8.4

4.0

(1.0)

3.0

11.4

—

(3.5)

(0.1)

0.8

(2.8)

68.1

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
 
 
Consolidated cash flow statement
for the year ended 31 May 2022

Net cash generated from operations

Interest paid 

Income tax paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows used in investing activities

Purchase of intangible assets

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Acquisition of subsidiaries – cash paid (net of cash acquired)

Proceeds on sale of property, plant and equipment

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows used in financing activities

Decrease in bank borrowings

Capital element of finance leases

Dividends paid

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

The notes on pages 68 to 95 form part of these Group financial statements.

67

2021
£m

24.8

(1.0)

(2.8)

21.0

(0.1)

(2.9)

(1.1)

—

(4.1)

(7.7)

(7.1)

(3.4)

2022
£m

33.7

(0.9)

(2.7)

30.1

(0.2)

(3.4)

—

0.4

(3.2)

(9.5)

(8.8)

(3.5)

(21.8)

(18.2)

5.1

4.0

9.1

(1.3)

5.3

4.0

Note

27

13

11

9

28

28

28

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statements68

Notes to the Group financial statements
for the year ended 31 May 2022

1. General information
NWF Group plc (‘the Company’) is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in England, United Kingdom, under the Companies Act 2006. 
The principal activities of NWF Group plc and its subsidiaries (together ‘the Group’) are the sale and distribution of fuel oils, the warehousing and 
distribution of ambient groceries and the manufacture and sale of animal feeds. Further information on the nature of the Group’s operations and 
principal activities is set out in note 4 of the Group financial statements.

The address of the Company’s registered office is NWF Group plc, Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP. The Company has its primary listing on AIM, 
part of the London Stock Exchange.

The Group financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 2 August 2022.

2. Significant accounting policies
The Group’s principal accounting policies are set out below. 

Basis of preparation
On 31 December 2020, IFRS as adopted by the European Union at that date were brought into UK law and became UK-adopted International 
Accounting Standards, with future changes being subject to endorsement by the UK endorsement Board. The Group transitioned to the UK-adopted 
International Accounting Standards in the Group financial statements on 1 June 2021. 

This change constitutes a change in accounting framework. However, there is no impact recognition, measurement or disclosure in the period 
reported as a result of the change in framework. The Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International 
Accounting Standards and with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under those standards. The Group 
financial statements have been prepared on the going concern basis and on the historical cost convention modified for the revaluation of certain 
financial instruments.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates, which are outlined in the 
critical accounting estimates and judgements section of these accounting policies. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the 
process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The accounting policies have been applied consistently throughout the period, other than where 
new policies have been adopted.

Going concern
Based on financial performance to date and forecasts along with the available banking facilities, there is a reasonable expectation that the Group has 
adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. The Group therefore continues to adopt the going concern basis 
of accounting in preparing the annual financial statements. 

The Board has prepared cash flow forecasts for the period to 31 May 2024. Under this base case scenario, the Group is expected to continue to have 
significant headroom relative to the funding available to it and to comply with its banking covenants.

The Board has also considered a severe downside scenario based on a significant and sustained reduction in Fuels’ profitability alongside 
underperformance in Food and Feeds. This downside scenario excludes any mitigating actions that the Board would be able to take to reduce costs. 
Under this scenario, the Group would still expect to have sufficient headroom in its financing facilities.

The Group therefore continues to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual financial statements.

Alternative performance measures (‘APMs’)
The Directors consider that headline operating profit, headline profit before taxation, headline EBITDA, headline ROCE and headline earnings per 
share measures, referred to in these Group financial statements, provide useful information for shareholders on underlying trends and performance. 

Headline operating profit is reported operating profit after adding back exceptional items and amortisation of acquired intangibles.

Headline profit before taxation is reported profit before taxation after adding back the net finance cost in respect of the Group’s defined benefit 
pension scheme, exceptional items and amortisation of acquired intangibles, to show the underlying performance of the Group.

Headline EBITDA refers to reported operating profit after adding back exceptional items and amortisation of acquired intangibles. The headline 
EBITDA calculation excludes the impact of IFRS 16 depreciation.

Headline ROCE refers to the return on capital employed calculated as headline operating profit as a proportion of net assets.

The calculation of headline earnings includes any exceptional impact of remeasuring deferred tax balances. The calculations of basic and diluted 
headline earnings per share are shown in note 10 of the Group financial statements.

Adoption of new and revised standards
The following new standards, amendments to standards or interpretations are mandatory for the first time for the financial year beginning 1 June 2021.

The Company has adopted the following new standards, amendments and interpretations now applicable. None of these standards and 
interpretations have had any material effect on the Company’s results or net assets.

Standard or interpretation

Content

Amendment to IFRS 3

Amendment to IFRS 9

Amendment to IFRS 16

Amendments to IAS 16 

Amendments to IAS 37 

Business Combinations

Financial Instruments

Leases

Property, Plant and Equipment

Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets

Applicable for financial year
beginning on 

1 June 2021

1 June 2021

1 June 2021

1 June 2021

1 June 2021

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

69

2. Significant accounting policies continued
Adoption of new and revised standards continued
The following standards, amendments and interpretations are not yet effective and have not been adopted early by the Company:

Standard or interpretation

Content

IFRS 4

Amendments to IAS 1

Amendments to IAS 8 

Amendments to IAS 12

Insurance Contracts

Presentation of Financial Statements

Accounting Policies

Income Taxes

Amendments to IFRS 17

Insurance Contracts

IFRS Practice Statement 2

Making Materiality Judgements

Applicable for financial year
beginning on 

1 June 2022

1 June 2023

1 June 2023

1 June 2023

1 June 2023

1 June 2023

These standards are not expected to have a material impact on the Company in the current or future reporting periods and on foreseeable 
future transactions.

Consolidation
The Group financial statements incorporate the financial statements of NWF Group plc (‘the Company’) and entities controlled by the Company 
(its ‘subsidiaries’) made up to 31 May each year. Control is achieved where the Company has the power to govern the financial and operating 
policies of an investee entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date that 
control ceases.

The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary 
is the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred and the equity interests issued by the Company. The consideration transferred 
includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed 
as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially 
at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the 
acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets.

The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition date fair value 
of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as 
goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is 
recognised directly in the income statement.

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also 
eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by the end of the first reporting period in which the combination occurs, 
the Group reports provisional amounts for the items for which the accounting is incomplete. Those provisional amounts are adjusted during 
the measurement period (see below), or additional assets or liabilities are recognised, to reflect new information obtained about facts and 
circumstances that existed at the date of acquisition that, if known, would have affected the amounts recognised as of that date.

The measurement period is the period from the date of acquisition to the date the Group obtains complete information about facts and 
circumstances that existed at the date of acquisition, and is subject to a maximum of one year.

Revenue recognition
Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of the 
Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of value added tax, estimated returns, rebates and discounts, and after eliminating sales within the 
Group. Accumulated experience is used to estimate and provide for these items, using the expected value method, and revenue is only 
recognised to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal will not occur.

The Group does not expect to have any contracts where the period between transfer of the promised goods or services to the customer and payment 
by the customer exceeds one year. As a consequence, the Group does not adjust any of the transaction prices for the time value of money.

Specific types of revenue are recognised as follows:

Fuels and Feeds
Revenue from the sale of goods in each of these segments is recognised when they are delivered to the customer and the performance 
obligations have been met; that is, the products are delivered to the specific location, the risk of loss has been transferred and the Group 
has objective evidence that all criteria for acceptance have been satisfied.

A receivable is recognised when the goods are delivered, since this is the point in time that the consideration is unconditional because only 
the passage of time is required before the payment is due. Revenue from sale of fuels includes fuel duty.

Food
Revenue from storage, handling and re-packaging of customers’ products is recognised when the relevant service has been performed and 
the performance obligations have been met. For distribution revenue performance obligations are met when the customers’ products arrive 
at the destination.

Customers are invoiced on a daily, weekly or monthly basis and consideration is payable when invoiced. A receivable is recognised when the 
services are provided, since this is the point in time that the consideration is unconditional because only the passage of time is required before 
the payment is due.

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statements70

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2022

2. Significant accounting policies continued
Interest income
Interest income is recognised on a time proportion basis using the effective interest rate method.

Segment reporting
A business segment is a group of assets and operations engaged in providing products or services that are subject to risks and returns that are 
different from those of other business segments. A geographical segment is engaged in providing products and services within a particular 
economic environment that are subject to risks and returns which are different from those of segments operating in other economic 
environments. Segment reporting information is shown in note 4 of the Group financial statements.

Taxation
The income tax expense represents the sum of current and deferred income tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement, except to the 
extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case the tax is also recognised in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

Current income tax is based on taxable profits for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in the income statement because it excludes 
items of income and expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The 
Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and 
liabilities and their carrying amounts in the Group financial statements. However, deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from 
initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither 
accounting nor taxable profits or losses.

Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and 
are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the 
temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities and when the deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority.

Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the construction of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take a substantial period 
of time to get ready for their intended use, are added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their 
intended use. 

All other borrowing costs are recognised in the income statement in the period in which they are incurred.

Dividend distribution
The distribution of a dividend to the Company’s shareholders is recognised in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which 
it is approved by the Company’s shareholders.

Property, plant and equipment
All property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly 
related to the acquisition of the items.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount, or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that 
future economic benefits associated with the asset will flow to the Group, and the cost of the asset can be measured reliably. All other repairs 
and maintenance expenditure is charged to the income statement during the financial period in which it is incurred.

Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is calculated, using the straight-line method, to reduce their cost to their residual values 
over their useful economic lives, as follows:

Freehold and long leasehold buildings 

10 – 50 years

Plant and machinery  

Cars and commercial vehicles 

3 – 10 years

4 – 8 years

Residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date. An asset’s carrying amount is written 
down immediately to its estimated recoverable amount, if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount.

Gains and losses on disposal are determined by comparing the proceeds of disposal with the carrying value and are recognised in the 
income statement.

Right of use assets and lease liabilities
Under IFRS 16 a right of use asset and lease liability are recognised for all leases except ‘low value’ and ‘short-term’ leases where lease payments 
are recognised on a straight-line basis over the lease term. For the Group, the standard results in the recognition of almost all leases on the 
balance sheet as a right of use asset, with a corresponding lease liability. 

At the inception of a contract, the Group performs an assessment to determine whether the contract is, or contains, a lease. Key aspects 
of this determination are the specific identification of an asset that is subject to the lease, and that the lease conveys the right to direct 
and control the use of the identified asset for a period of time. 

Where a contract is determined to contain a lease, the lease liability is recognised from the commencement date of the lease, the 
commencement date being defined as the date at which the lessor makes the underlying asset available for use. The lease liability 
is recognised at an amount equal to the present value of the future lease payments during the lease term. 

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
 
71

2. Significant accounting policies continued
Right of use assets and lease liabilities continued
Lease payments are discounted using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate, since the interest rate implicit in the Group’s leases is not 
readily determinable.

After the commencement date, lease payments are allocated between the outstanding lease liability on the balance sheet and finance costs. 
Finance costs are charged to the income statement over the lease period using the effective interest method.

A right of use asset is initially recognised at the commencement date and measured at cost, which comprises the amount of the initial 
measurement of the lease liability, any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, any initial direct costs incurred by the 
Group and an estimate of any cost for dismantling or restoring the asset at the end of the lease term.

The right of use asset is subsequently depreciated in accordance with the depreciation requirements in IAS 16 ‘Property, Plant and Equipment’ 
which results in depreciation on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term. The Group also applies IAS 36 
‘Impairment of Assets’ to determine whether the right of use asset is impaired and to account for any impairment loss identified.

Remeasurement of the lease liability occurs if, after the commencement date, there is a change in future lease payments or a change in the 
lease term. Any remeasurement of the lease liability results in a corresponding adjustment of the right of use asset. If the carrying amount 
of the right of use asset has already been reduced to zero, the remaining remeasurement is recognised in the income statement. The Group 
remeasures the lease liability to reflect those revised lease payments only when there is a change in the cash flows, using an unchanged 
discount rate. Reassessment of leases in the Group occurs where lease consideration changes due to a market rent review clause or where 
there are changes to variable lease payments dependent on an index or rate. 

A lease modification arises where there is a change in scope of the lease, or the consideration for the lease, which was not part of the 
original terms and conditions of the lease. In the event of a lease modification, the Group accounts for this as a separate lease, providing the 
modification increases the scope of the lease by adding the right to use one or more underlying assets and the consideration for the lease 
increases by an amount commensurate with the stand-alone price for the increase in scope and any appropriate adjustments to that stand-
alone price, to reflect the circumstances of the particular contract.

Intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets of the acquired 
subsidiary at the date of acquisition. 

Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries is included within intangible assets. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less 
accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are recognised immediately in the income statement and are not subsequently 
reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

Goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those 
cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which they arose, 
identified according to operating segment.

Brands
Separately acquired brands are shown at historical cost less accumulated amortisation. Brands acquired in a business combination are 
recognised at fair value at the date of acquisition. Brands have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
represent an acquired intangible asset. Amortisation is calculated, using the straight-line method, to allocate the cost of brands over their 
estimated useful lives of either ten or twenty years.

Customer relationships
Separately acquired customer relationships are shown at historical cost less accumulated amortisation. Customer relationships acquired in 
a business combination are recognised at fair value at the date of acquisition. Customer relationships have a finite useful life and are carried 
at cost less accumulated amortisation and represent an acquired intangible asset. Amortisation is calculated, using the straight-line method, 
to allocate the cost of these assets over their estimated useful lives of ten years.

Computer software
Costs associated with maintaining computer software programs are recognised as an expense as incurred. Costs incurred to acquire computer 
software licences and directly attributable costs incurred to bring the software into use are capitalised. Directly attributable costs include 
software development employee costs. Capitalised computer software costs are amortised over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line 
basis (three to seven years). 

Cloud-based software provided under a Software as a Service (‘SaaS’) arrangement is assessed separately to determine whether any power to 
obtain future economic benefit from the software arises and if access to those benefits can be restricted. If not, such costs are recognised as 
an expense. A further assessment of any configuration and customisation costs associated with the SaaS arrangement is made to determine if 
such services are distinct from the provision of the software and therefore establish the appropriate period over which to expense such costs.

Impairment of non-financial assets
Assets that have an indefinite useful life, for example goodwill, are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets 
that are subject to amortisation or depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised as the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds the 
recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the asset’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. Non-financial assets, 
other than goodwill, that suffer an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statements72

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2022

2. Significant accounting policies continued
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined using the average costing method. The cost of finished 
goods and goods for resale comprises purchase cost and, in the case of finished goods, the cost of transporting the goods to their stock 
location. Net realisable value comprises the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less applicable variable selling expenses. 
Provision is made for obsolete, slow-moving or defective items where appropriate.

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less 
provision for impairment. Under IFRS 9, the Group elected to use the simplified approach to measure the loss allowance at an amount equal 
to lifetime expected credit losses for trade receivables. Under the accounting standard, the Group continues to establish a provision for 
impairment of trade receivables when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the 
original terms of the receivables. Significant financial difficulties of the counterparty, probability that the counterparty will enter bankruptcy 
or financial reorganisation, and default or delinquency in payments are considered indicators that the trade receivable is impaired. 

In addition, IFRS 9 requires the Group to consider forward-looking information and the probability of default when calculating expected credit 
losses. The measurement of expected credit losses reflects an unbiased and probability weighted amount that is determined by evaluating the 
range of possible outcomes as well as incorporating the time value of money. The Group considers reasonable and supportable customer-specific 
and market information about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions when measuring expected credit losses. 

The amount of the provision is the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows of the asset, 
discounted, where material, at the original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of a provision 
for receivables impairment, and the amount of the loss is recognised in the income statement within administrative expenses. When a trade 
receivable is uncollectable, it is written off against the provision for receivables impairment. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously 
written off are credited against administrative expenses in the income statement.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
A derivative is initially recognised at fair value on the date that the associated contract is entered into and then is remeasured at fair value 
at each subsequent balance sheet date. 

The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on whether or not the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument and, 
if so, the nature of the item being hedged. During the current and prior year, none of the Group’s derivative financial instruments have been 
designated as effective hedges. Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are 
recognised in the income statement as they arise.

Reimbursement assets
The Group recognises a reimbursement asset in respect of third party claims made against the Group, but which under the terms of its 
insurance policy, the Group is indemnified. All of the expenditure required to settle such claims will be reimbursed by the insurer under the 
terms of the policy, and therefore it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks and bank overdrafts. The Group recognises cash when it is 
within its control, and in accordance with IFRS 9, when it has the contractual right to obtain cash from the bank. Cash in transit between Group 
companies at a period end is recognised within the receiving company’s balance sheet. Cash in transit to or from external entities at a period end 
is not recognised where the Group does not have the contractual right to obtain the cash and is therefore not deemed to exercise control over it. 
The Group’s cash recognition policies are aligned with the IFRIC Committee tentative agenda decision in September 2021, as follows; in respect of 
incoming receipts via electronic transfer, the Group recognises cash as a financial asset on the transfer settlement date, and not before. In respect 
of cheques received, the Group classifies these as ‘promissory notes’ and recognises within cash equivalents all cheques dated and deposited with 
the bank up to and including the reporting period end. In respect of card receipts, the Group recognises a cash equivalent on the transaction date 
as the conversion to cash is very quick and the credit risk is deemed very low. In respect of outgoing payments, where there is often a delay 
between the remittance date and the transfer settlement date, the Group de-recognises the cash from financial assets on the transfer remittance 
date, and not after. Bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current liabilities on the balance sheet.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Exceptional items
The Group’s income statement separately identifies exceptional items. Such items are those that, in the Directors’ judgement, are one-off 
in nature or non-operating and need to be disclosed separately by virtue of their size or incidence and may include, but are not limited to, 
restructuring costs, acquisition-related costs, costs of implementing new systems, cyber-related costs, impairment of assets and income 
from legal or insurance settlements. In determining whether an item should be disclosed as an exceptional item, the Directors consider 
quantitative as well as qualitative factors such as the frequency, predictability of occurrence and significance. This is consistent with the way 
financial performance is measured by management and reported to the Board. Disclosing exceptional items separately provides additional 
understanding of the performance of the Group.

Bank borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortised cost. 
Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised in the income statement over the 
period of the borrowings, using the effective interest method.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least one 
year after the balance sheet date.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

73

2. Significant accounting policies continued
Retirement benefit costs
The Group operates various pension schemes, including defined contribution and defined benefit schemes.

For defined contribution schemes, the Group pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension insurance schemes on a 
mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The contributions are recognised as an employee benefit expense in the income statement when 
they are due. The assets of the schemes are held separately from those of the Group in funds under the control of trustees.

The liability recognised in the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit schemes is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the 
balance sheet date less the fair value of scheme assets, together with adjustments for unrecognised actuarial gains or losses and past service 
costs. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries using the Projected Unit Credit Method. The present value 
of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of high quality corporate 
bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid and that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the 
related pension liability. The Group has considered the recognition requirements of IFRIC 14 and determined that they do not apply to the scheme.

The net pension finance cost is determined by applying the discount rate, used to measure the defined benefit pension obligation at the 
beginning of the accounting period, to the net pension obligation at the beginning of the accounting period taking into account any changes 
in the net pension obligation during the period as a result of cash contributions and benefit payments. 

Pension scheme expenses are charged to the income statement within administrative expenses.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately in the statement of comprehensive income. Net defined benefit pension scheme 
deficits before tax relief are presented separately on the balance sheet within non-current liabilities. The attributable deferred income tax 
asset is shown net within deferred income tax liabilities in the balance sheet and is subject to the recognition criteria as set out in the 
accounting policy on deferred income tax.

Share-based payments
In the year ended 31 May 2022, the Group operated one (2021: one) equity-settled share-based payment plan, details of which can be found 
in note 26 of the Group financial statements.

The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of share awards is recognised as an expense. Equity-settled 
share-based payments are measured at fair value (excluding the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions) at the date of grant. The fair 
value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, 
based on the Group’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest and adjusted for the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions.

Fair value is measured by the use of a Black Scholes model. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on management’s 
best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations.

Employer social security contributions payable in connection with the grant of share awards is considered an integral part of the grant itself 
and the charge is treated as a cash-settled transaction.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of 
resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount has been reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses.

Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a deduction, 
net of tax, from the proceeds of issue.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the 
related actual results. The assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

Defined benefit pension scheme – valuation assumptions
The balance sheet carrying values of defined benefit pension scheme surpluses or deficits are calculated using independently commissioned 
actuarial valuations. These valuations, including the impact of GMP, are based on a number of assumptions, including the most appropriate 
mortality rates to apply to the profile of scheme members and the financial assumptions regarding discount rates and inflation. All of these 
are estimates of future events and are therefore uncertain. Further details can be found in note 25 of the Group financial statements.

Assessment of impairment
The Group tests annually for impairment of goodwill and fixed asset balances, which involves using key judgements including estimates 
of future business performance and cash generation, discount rates and long-term growth rates. 

The recoverable amounts of CGUs are determined using value in use calculations. The value in use calculations use post-tax cash flow 
projections based on the Board-approved budget for the year ending 31 May 2023 and four years of divisional strategic plans thereafter. 
Subsequent cash flows are extrapolated using an estimated growth rate of 2%.

These value in use calculations are subject to a series of sensitivity analyses using reasonable assumptions concerning the future performance of 
the CGUs and assessing the impact of a 1% increase in the discount rate. For further details of our assessment of impairment please see note 13.

Carrying value of trade receivables
The Group holds material trade receivable balances, and the calculations of provisions for impairment are estimates of future events and 
therefore uncertain. IFRS 9 requires the Group to consider forward-looking information and the probability of default when calculating 
expected credit losses. The Group considers reasonable and supportable customer-specific and market information about past events, 
current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions when measuring expected credit losses.

From a completeness perspective, the Directors are not aware of any other critical judgements within the Group that give rise to a significant 
risk of material adjustment within the next financial year.

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statements74

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2022

3. Revenue
An analysis of the Group’s revenue is as follows:

Sale of goods

Rendering of services

2022
£m

816.0

62.6

878.6

2021
£m

620.8

54.8

675.6

4. Segment information
The chief operating decision-maker has been identified as the Board of Directors (‘the Board’). The Board reviews the Group’s internal reporting 
in order to assess performance and allocate resources. The Board has determined that the operating segments, based on these reports, are 
Fuels, Food and Feeds.

The Board considers the business from a products/services perspective. In the Board’s opinion, all of the Group’s operations are carried out 
in the same geographical segment, namely the UK. 

The nature of the products/services provided by the operating segments is summarised below:

Fuels 

– 

sale and distribution of domestic heating, industrial and road fuels

Food 

–  warehousing and distribution of clients’ ambient grocery and other products to supermarket and other retail distribution centres

Feeds  –  manufacture and sale of animal feeds and other agricultural products

Segment information about the above businesses is presented below.

The Board assesses the performance of the operating segments based on a measure of operating profit (‘headline operating profit’). Finance 
income and costs are not included in the segment result that is assessed by the Board. Other information provided to the Board is measured 
in a manner consistent with that in the financial statements.

Inter-segment transactions are entered into under the normal commercial terms and conditions that would also be available to unrelated 
third parties.

Segment assets exclude deferred income tax assets and cash at bank and in hand. Segment liabilities exclude taxation, borrowings and 
retirement benefit obligations. Excluded items are part of the reconciliation to consolidated total assets and liabilities.

2022

Revenue 

Total revenue

Inter-segment revenue

Revenue

Result

Headline operating profit

Segment exceptional item (note 5)

Group exceptional item (note 5)

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Operating profit as reported

Finance costs (note 7)

Profit before taxation

Income tax expense (note 8)

Profit for the year

Other information

Fuels
£m

628.9

(7.8)

621.1

17.2

—

(0.3)

Food
£m

62.7

(0.1)

62.6

2.8

—

—

Feeds
£m

194.9

—

194.9

1.8

(8.4)

— 

Depreciation and amortisation 

Property, plant and equipment additions (note 11)

5.2

0.9

5.9

1.1

2.9

1.4

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Group
£m

886.5

(7.9)

878.6

21.8

(8.4)

0.1

(0.3)

13.2

(1.2)

12.0

(3.6)

8.4

14.0

3.4

4. Segment information continued

2022

Balance sheet

Assets

Segment assets

Cash and cash equivalents (note 17)

Consolidated total assets 

Liabilities

Segment liabilities

Deferred income tax liabilities (note 23)

Current income tax liabilities 

Retirement benefit obligations (note 25)

Consolidated total liabilities 

2021

Revenue 

Total revenue

Inter-segment revenue

Revenue

Result

Headline operating profit

Segment exceptional item (note 5)

Group exceptional item (note 5)

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Operating profit as reported

Finance costs (note 7)

Profit before taxation

Income tax expense (note 8)

Profit for the year

Other information

Depreciation and amortisation 

Property, plant and equipment additions (note 11)

4.3

1.0

5.6

1.1

3.0

0.8

75

Fuels
£m

Food
£m

Feeds
£m

Group
£m

106.5

48.3

50.0

204.8

9.1

213.9

(88.7)

(20.1)

(24.1)

(132.9)

Fuels
£m

453.9

(6.1)

447.8

9.3

(0.1)

(0.3)

Food
£m

54.9

(0.1)

54.8

1.9

— 

—

Feeds
£m

173.0

— 

173.0

1.7

(0.2)

—

(3.2)

(0.4)

(9.3)

(145.8)

Group
£m

681.8

(6.2)

675.6

12.9

(0.3)

(0.2)

(0.3)

12.1

(1.3)

10.8

(3.0)

7.8

12.9

2.9

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statements76

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2022

4. Segment information continued

2021 (restated1)

Balance sheet

Assets

Segment assets

Current income tax asset

Cash and cash equivalents (note 17)

Consolidated total assets 

Liabilities

Segment liabilities

Deferred income tax liabilities (note 23)

Borrowings (note 19)

Retirement benefit obligations (note 25)

Consolidated total liabilities 

Fuels
£m

Food
£m

Feeds
£m

Group
£m

82.3

46.3

56.9

185.5

0.4

4.0

189.9

(65.2)

(18.0)

(20.9)

(104.1)

(1.9)

(9.5)

(14.9)

(130.4)

1 

 A £3.0 million provision for liabilities has been recognised as at 31 May 2021 in respect third party claims made against the Group, but which are indemnified under the terms 
of its insurance policy. A corresponding reimbursement asset of £3.0 million has been recognised as at 31 May 2021. As the Group expects, on average, insurance claims to be 
settled within one year which is driven by a review of the historic claims data, recognition of these balances is made with current assets and current liabilities.

2022
£m

2021
£m

756.0

573.5

4.6

8.9

0.5

— 

55.6

8.3

4.5

7.7

0.7

—

51.4

0.5

2021
£m

—

—

0.2

0.7

(0.4)

0.5

5. Profit before taxation
Profit before taxation is stated after charging:

Cost of inventories recognised as an expense (included in cost of sales)

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 11)

Depreciation of right of use assets (note 12)

Amortisation of other intangible assets (note 13)

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Staff costs (note 6)

Exceptional items

A net exceptional cost of £8.3 million (2021: £0.5 million) is included in administrative expenses. Exceptional items by type are as follows:

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

Impairment of property, plant and equipment

Acquisition-related costs

Cyber-related costs

Insurance reclaim credit

Net exceptional cost

2022
£m

7.9

0.5

—

—

(0.1)

8.3

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets – Recent performance in Feeds has been below planned levels, driven predominantly 
by lower volumes, and consequently a detailed impairment review was performed at the half-year reporting period end.

The key assumptions used in the base case value in use calculations were updated to reflect a slower speed of recovery, and future growth, of 
volume.

As a result, a total impairment loss of £7.9 million has been recognised for the Feeds reporting segment, reducing the carrying amount of the 
goodwill and other intangible assets to £4.4 million; see note 13.

Impairment of property, plant and equipment – The impairment of various items of plant and machinery in the Feeds segment which are no 
longer in use and deemed obsolete; see note 11.

Acquisition-related costs – Prior year acquisition-related costs comprise professional fees and other costs in relation to the integration and 
hive-up of acquisitions made during the year ended 31 May 2021.

Cyber-related costs – Prior year cyber-related costs comprise certain insurance excesses on the Group’s cyber insurance policy, and other 
rebuild, business interruption and professional service costs, which were incurred during the year ended 31 May 2021 as a result of the cyber 
incident announced on 2 November 2020.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
 
 
77

5. Profit before taxation continued
Insurance reclaim credit – The insurance reclaim comprises amounts reimbursed through the Group’s insurer, in respect of costs incurred 
as a result of the cyber incident. A final reimbursement of £0.1 million has been received during the year ended 31 May 2022 in respect of 
cyber costs incurred in the prior year.

Services provided by the Company’s auditors
During the year, the Group obtained the following services from the Company’s auditors:

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of the Company and consolidated annual financial statements

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for other services:

– audit of the financial statements of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

– non-audit assurance services

– tax compliance services

Total auditors’ remuneration

2022
£’000

48

311

2

51

412

2021
£’000

75

416

2

45

538

Fees relating to the audit of the financial statements in the prior year ending 31 May 2021 included £90,000 of additional costs relating to the 
previous year that have not recurred in the current year.

6. Staff costs
The average monthly number of persons (including Directors) employed in the Group during the year was:

Fuels 

Food 

Feeds

Head Office

2022
Number

2021
Number

342

705

227

18

337

704

219

18

1,292

1,278

Staff costs (including Directors) are outlined below. Directors’ remuneration is also set out in the Remuneration Report, within the table entitled 
Directors’ emoluments – audited information, on page 51.

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Share-based payments (note 26)

Other pension costs (note 25)

2022
£m

48.0

5.4

0.8

1.4

55.6

2021
£m

44.8

4.7

0.5

1.4

51.4

In addition to the above staff costs, the Group incurred no termination costs (2021: £Nil), and £2.4 million (2021: £3.0 million) in respect of costs 
of agency workers.

Other pension costs above are amounts charged to operating profit in respect of defined contribution pension schemes.

7. Finance costs

Interest on bank loans and overdrafts

Finance costs on lease liabilities relating to IFRS 16

Total interest expense

Net finance cost in respect of defined benefit pension schemes (note 25)

Total finance costs

2022
£m

0.4

0.5

0.9

0.3

1.2

2021
£m

0.5

0.5

1.0

0.3

1.3

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statements78

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2022

8. Income tax expense 

Current tax

UK corporation tax on profits for the year

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Current tax expense

Deferred tax

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Effect of increased tax rate on opening balances

Deferred tax expense (note 23)

Total income tax expense

2022
£m

3.8

(0.1)

3.7

(0.1)

— 

— 

(0.1)

3.6

2021
£m

2.2

(0.2)

2.0

(0.1)

(0.2)

1.3

1.0

3.0

During the year ended 31 May 2022, corporation tax has been calculated at 19% of estimated assessable profits for the year (2021: 19%).

In the Spring Budget 2021, the Government announced that from 1 April 2023 the corporation tax rate would increase to 25%. This new law was 
substantively enacted on 24 May 2021. At the prior year reporting date, deferred tax balances were remeasured to either 19% or 25% depending 
on when the Directors expect these timing differences to reverse. The impact of the change in tax rate was recognised in tax expense in the 
income statement, except to the extent that it related to items previously recognised outside the income statement. For the Group, such items 
included remeasurements of post-employment benefit liabilities and the expected tax deduction in excess of the recognised expense for 
equity-settled share-based payments. 

The tax charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit per the income statement as follows:

Profit before taxation

Profit before taxation multiplied by the standard rate of UK corporation tax of 19% (2021: 19%)

Effects of:

– expenses not deductible for tax purposes

- super-deduction allowance

– impact of share-based payments

– impact of increased tax rate on opening balances

– adjustments in respect of prior years

Total income tax expense

2022
£m

12.0

2.3

1.7

(0.1)

(0.2)

— 

(0.1)

3.6

2021
£m

10.8

2.0

0.1

— 

— 

1.3

(0.4)

3.0

A net £1.0 million has been recognised in Other Comprehensive Income, relating to a £1.4 million debit to equity arising on the movement within 
the deferred tax provision (2021: £0.3 million) (note 23) offset with a movement in current tax of a credit of £0.4 million (2021: £0.4 million).

The tax charge in the current year is higher than the standard tax charge as a result of the level of the Group’s disallowable expenses, which are 
largely related to goodwill impairment.

9. Dividends paid

Final dividend for the year ended 31 May 2021 of 6.2p (2020: 5.9p) per share

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 May 2022 of 1.0p (2021: 1.0p) per share

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity shareholders in the year

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 May 2022 of 6.5p (2021: 6.2p) per share

2022
£m

3.0

0.5

3.5

3.2

2021
£m

2.9

0.5

3.4

3.0

The proposed final dividend is subject to approval at the AGM on 29 September 2022 and has not been included as a liability in these Group 
financial statements.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

10. Earnings per share 
The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:

79

2022 

2021 

Earnings (£m)

Earnings for the purposes of basic and diluted earnings per share being profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders

8.4

7.8

Number of shares (‘000)

Weighted average number of shares for the purposes of basic earnings per share

Weighted average dilutive effect of conditional share awards

Weighted average number of shares for the purposes of diluted earnings per share

Earnings per ordinary share (pence)

Basic earnings per ordinary share

Diluted earnings per ordinary share

Headline earnings per ordinary share (pence)

Basic headline earnings per ordinary share

Diluted headline earnings per ordinary share

The calculation of basic and diluted headline earnings per share is based on the following data:

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders

Add back/(deduct):

Net finance cost in respect of defined benefit pension scheme

Exceptional items

Exceptional impact of remeasuring deferred tax balances

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Tax effect of the above

Headline earnings

49,109

48,940

299

194

49,408

49,134

17.1

17.0

35.0

34.8

2022
£m

8.4

0.3

8.3

—

0.3

(0.1)

17.2

15.9

15.9

20.4

20.4

2021
£m

7.8

0.3

0.5

1.3

0.3

(0.2)

10.0

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statements80

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2022

11. Property, plant and equipment

Cost

At 1 June 2020

Additions 

Transfers in from right of use asset

Disposals

At 1 June 2021

Additions 

Transfers in from right of use asset

Disposals

At 31 May 2022

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

At 1 June 2020

Charge for the year

Transfers in from right of use asset

Disposals

At 1 June 2021

Charge for the year

Transfers in from right of use asset

Impairment charge

Disposals

At 31 May 2022

Carrying amount

At 31 May 2022

At 31 May 2021

Freehold
land and 
buildings
£m

Long
leasehold
land and
buildings 
£m

Plant and
machinery
£m

Cars and
commercial
vehicles
£m

37.9

—

—

—

37.9

0.4

—

—

38.3

11.8

0.8

—

—

12.6

0.9

—

—

—

13.5

24.8

25.3

2.7

0.4

—

—

3.1

—

—

—

3.1

0.3

0.1

—

—

0.4

0.1

—

—

—

0.5

2.6

2.7

31.0

2.5

—

(0.9)

32.6

2.9

—

(0.9)

34.6

14.8

2.4

—

(0.9)

16.3

2.6

—

0.5

(0.7)

18.7

15.9

16.3

6.6

— 

0.6

(0.9)

6.3

0.1

0.3

(2.3)

4.4

2.8

1.2

0.2

(0.9)

3.3

1.0

0.1

—

(2.1)

2.3

2.1

3.0

Total
£m

78.2

2.9

0.6

(1.8)

79.9

3.4

0.3

(3.2)

80.4

29.7

4.5

0.2

(1.8)

32.6

4.6

0.1

0.5

(2.8)

35.0

45.4

47.3

The Group has pledged certain freehold land and buildings with a carrying value of £20.9 million (31 May 2021: £21.3 million) to secure banking 
facilities granted to the Group.

Depreciation charges are recognised in administrative expenses in the consolidated income statement.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

39.4

48.9

Properties
£m

Commercial
vehicles
£m

9.0

0.1

—

—

9.1
0.6

(0.2)

—

9.5

0.6

1.5

—

—

2.1

1.5

(0.2)

—

3.4

6.1

7.0

24.5

6.1

(0.2)

(0.6)

29.8
10.7

(0.8)

(0.3)

5.6

6.2

(0.2)

(0.2)

11.4

7.4

(0.7)

(0.1)

18.0

21.4

18.4

81

Total
£m

33.5

6.2

(0.2)

(0.6)

38.9

11.3

(1.0)

(0.3)

6.2

7.7

(0.2)

(0.2)

13.5

8.9

(0.9)

(0.1)

21.4

27.5

25.4

Total
£m

38.4

0.2

38.6

0.2

38.8

7.0

0.7

7.7

0.5

7.9

16.1

22.7

30.9

12. Right of use assets

Cost
At 1 June 2020

Additions 

Disposals

Transfers out to property, plant and equipment 

At 1 June 2021
Additions

Disposals

Transfers out to property, plant and equipment 

At 31 May 2022

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

At 1 June 2020

Charge for the year

Disposals

Transfers out to property, plant and equipment

At 1 June 2021

Charge for the year

Disposals

Transfers out to property, plant and equipment

At 31 May 2022

Carrying amount

At 31 May 2022

At 31 May 2021

Depreciation charges are recognised in administrative expenses in the consolidated income statement. 

13. Intangible assets

Cost
At 1 June 2020

Additions

At 1 June 2021
Additions

At 31 May 2022

Accumulated amortisation and impairment 
At 1 June 2020

Charge for the year

At 1 June 2021
Charge for the year

Impairment charge

At 31 May 2022

Carrying amount

At 31 May 2022

At 31 May 2021

Goodwill
£m

Computer
software
£m

Customer
relationships
£m

Brands
£m

28.1

0.1

28.2
—

28.2

0.6

—

0.6
— 

7.5

8.1

20.1

27.6

6.7

0.1

6.8
0.2

7.0

5.6

0.4

6.0
0.2

0.2

6.4

0.6

0.8

2.2

—

2.2
—

2.2

0.2

0.2

0.4
0.3

—

0.7

1.5

1.8

1.4

—

1.4
—

1.4

0.6

0.1

0.7
—

0.2

0.9

0.5

0.7

Amortisation or impairment charges have been charged to administrative expenses in the consolidated income statement.

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statements82

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2022

13. Intangible assets continued
Customer relationships
Customer relationships are allocated as follows:

Fuels

Brands
Brands are allocated as follows:

Feeds

Fuels

2022
£m

1.5

2022
£m

—

0.5

0.5

2021
£m

1.8

2021
£m

0.2

0.5

0.7

Goodwill
Goodwill acquired is allocated, at acquisition, to cash-generating units (‘CGUs’) that are expected to benefit from that business combination. 
The carrying value of goodwill is allocated as follows:

Feeds

Fuels

2022
£m

4.4

15.7

20.1

2021
£m

11.9

15.7

27.6

The Group tests annually for impairment of goodwill, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill may be impaired. The recoverable 
amounts of CGUs are determined using value in use calculations. The value in use calculations use post-tax cash flow projections based on the 
Board-approved budgets and four years of divisional strategic plans thereafter. Subsequent cash flows are extrapolated using the growth rates 
detailed below. 

The Group identifies its CGUs as the smallest identifiable group of assets that generate cash inflows, and which are largely independent of the cash 
inflows of the other assets or groups of assets. CGU specific discount rates are applied in each of the impairment tests as the principal risks and 
uncertainties associated with each CGU may vary as they operate in different industries and as such the Group risks identified on pages 19 to 22 
may impact each CGU differently.

Feeds
The Feeds goodwill impairment test is performed based on the aggregate value in use calculations for the group of CGUs making up this 
reporting segment. In line with IAS 36, these units represent the lowest level within the Group at which goodwill is monitored for internal 
management purposes and this group of units is not larger than the operating segment before aggregation. 

The performance of the Feeds segment at the half year to 30 November 2021 was below historical levels, driven predominantly by lower 
volumes, and consequently a detailed impairment review was performed at the half-year reporting period end.

The value in use calculations performed at the half-year included key assumptions to reflect a slower speed of recovery, and future growth of 
volume. Whilst performance in the second half of the financial year has been stronger, volumes are still lower and the outlook for the segment 
remains in line with the Board’s expectations as at 30 November 2021. As at the half-year reporting date the rate used to discount the projected 
cash flows, equating to the pre-tax discount rates based on comparative businesses, was 10.46% (31 May 2021: 10.80%). 

As a result, a goodwill and brand impairment loss of £7.7 million has been recognised for the Feeds aggregated CGUs, reducing the carrying 
amount of the goodwill and brands for this CGU to £4.4 million. A further £0.2 million of computer software has been separately identified 
as obsolete and written off during the period.

The impairment test was reperformed at 31 May 2022 against the carrying value of £4.4 million and the Group are satisfied that the value in use 
calculations indicate no further impairment. The rate used at 31 May 2022 to discount the projected cash flows, equating to the pre-tax 
discount rates based on comparative businesses is noted in the table below 

Fuels
The value in use calculations described above indicate ample headroom and therefore do not give rise to impairment concerns.

Value in use assumptions and sensitivities 
The rates used to discount the projected cash flows, equating to the pre-tax discount rates based on comparative businesses, are as follows:

Fuels

Feeds

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

2022
%

10.43

10.26

2021
%

11.22

10.80

83

13. Intangible assets continued
Value in use assumptions and sensitivities continued
The headroom on the value in use calculations for Fuels and Feeds are £106.0 million and £3.9 million respectively. The following sensitivities 
have been performed on the CGU Board-approved forecasts, the impact of which still result in satisfactory headroom and do not give rise to 
further impairment:

Value in use impact

Decrease EBITDA by 10%

Increase discount rate by 1%

14. Inventories

Raw materials and consumables

Finished goods and goods for resale

15. Trade and other receivables 

Trade receivables

Less: provision for impairment

Trade receivables – net

VAT recoverable

Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

Contract assets

Fuels
£m

(11.9)

(16.3)

2022
£m

3.6

6.2

9.8

2022
£m

93.9

(2.8)

91.1

0.9

0.1

3.2

0.9

96.2

Feeds
£m

(0.6)

(0.5)

2021
£m

2.8

3.8

6.6

2021
£m

68.3

(1.6)

66.7

0.7

0.3

3.2

1.2

72.1

The fair value of trade and other receivables is equivalent to their carrying amount. Trade and other receivables are non-interest bearing and 
are substantially denominated in Sterling. Under IFRS 9, the Group is required to utilise objective evidence as well as consider forward-looking 
information and the probability of default when calculating expected credit losses. The maturity of financial assets and history of write-offs is 
therefore used as an indicator as to the probability of default. Trade receivables are written off when they have been overdue for a number of 
years, or if a customer has entered into insolvency and there is no expectation of recovery.

The loss allowance as at 31 May 2022 and 31 May 2021 was determined as follows for trade receivables:

31 May 2022

Expected loss rate

Gross carrying amount (£m)

Loss allowance (£m)

31 May 2021

Expected loss rate

Gross carrying amount (£m)

Loss allowance (£m)

Current

0.14%

76.3

0.1

<30 days 
past due

30 to
60 days
past due

>60 days 
past due

1.70%

5.80%

88.05%

11.0

0.2

3.9

0.2

30 to
60 days
past due

2.7

2.3

>60 days 
past due

Current

<30 days 
past due

0.17%

0.52%

1.16%

67.00%

55.4

0.1 

8.1

—

2.6

—

2.2

1.5

2022
£m

1.6

1.5

(0.3)

2.8

Total

93.9

2.8

Total

68.3

1.6

2021
£m

1.8

0.1

(0.3)

1.6

Movements on the Group provision for impairment of trade receivables are as follows:

At 1 June

Provision for receivables impairment

Receivables written off in the year

At 31 May

The other classes of receivables do not contain impaired assets.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying amount of each class of receivable.

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
84

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2022

16. Reimbursement assets

Reimbursement assets

2022
£m

2.8

2021
(restated1)
£m

3.0

1 

 £3.0 million of reimbursement assets have been recognised as at 31 May 2021 in respect of the reimbursement of third party claims made against the Group, which are indemnified 
under the terms of its insurance policy. A corresponding provision for liabilities of £3.0 million has been recognised as at 31 May 2021. As the Group expects, on average, insurance 
claims to be settled within one year which is driven by a review of the historic claims data, recognition of these balances is made with current assets and current liabilities.

The Group recognises a reimbursement asset in respect of third-party claims made against the Group, but which under the terms of it’s 
insurance policy, the Group is indemnified.  All of the expenditure required to settle such claims will be reimbursed by the insurer under the 
terms of the policy, and therefore it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received.

17. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

The fair value of cash and cash equivalents is equivalent to their carrying amount.

18. Trade and other payables

Current

Trade payables

Social security and other taxes

Accruals

2022
£m

9.1

2021
£m

4.0

2022
£m

90.0

1.4

9.2

100.6

2021
(restated1)
£m

65.3

1.3

8.2

74.8

1  

 £0.4 million of provision for dilapidations and £0.2 million of other provisions previously included within accruals as at 31 May 2021 has been reclassified to provisions for liabilities.

The fair value of trade and other payables is equivalent to their carrying amount. 

19. Borrowings

Current

Invoice discounting advances

Non-current

Revolving credit facility

Total borrowings

2022
£m

— 

— 

—

— 

—

2021
£m

6.5

6.5

3.0

3.0

9.5

The Group’s banking facilities, provided by NatWest Group, were renewed on 29 June 2018 and are committed until 31 October 2023. The Group 
is profitable, cash generative, has a strong balance sheet position and a good relationship with its lender. As such, there are no concerns 
regarding the refinancing of the Group’s facilities which is expected to complete in 2023. Further information on the facilities, which total 
£65.0 million (2021: £65.0 million), is outlined below.

Invoice discounting advances
Invoice discounting advances at 31 May 2022 were drawn under a committed facility with an expiry date of 31 October 2023 (2021: 31 October 2023). 
The availability of invoice discounting facilities is dependent on the level of current trade receivables available for refinancing and is subject to 
a maximum drawdown of £50.0 million (2021: £50.0 million).

The facility is secured by way of a fixed and floating charge against the Group’s trade receivables. Interest is charged at 1.25% (2021: 1.25%) 
per annum above the bank’s base rate.

Invoice discounting advances have been classified within current liabilities as the Group does not have an unconditional right to defer 
settlement of the liabilities for at least one year after the balance sheet date. Accordingly, all of the invoice discounting advances at 31 May 2022 
totalling £Nil (2021: £6.5 million) are presented within current liabilities. 

The Group incurred non-utilisation fees on its committed invoice discounting facility. The Group will incur non-utilisation fees only in respect 
of committed and undrawn facilities of up to £20.0 million (2021: £20.0 million).

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

85

19. Borrowings continued
Revolving credit facility
The Group has a revolving credit facility of £10.0 million (2021: £10.0 million) with an expiry date of 31 October 2023 (2021: 31 October 2023). 
During the year, the Group transitioned from an interest charge based on LIBOR, to a rate based on SONIA, with no material impact. Interest is 
charged on amounts drawn down at 1.72% per annum above SONIA (2021: 1.60 – 1.85% above LIBOR) depending on the ratio of net debt to 
EBITDA. The amount drawn down under the revolving credit facility at 31 May 2022 is £Nil (2021: £3.0 million).

The Group incurs non-utilisation fees on its committed revolving credit facility.

Bank overdrafts
The Group’s net bank overdraft facility at 31 May 2022 is repayable on demand and is subject to a maximum limit of £1.0 million (2021: £1.0 million). 
None of the facility was utilised at 31 May 2022 (2021: £Nil). Interest is charged at 1.5% per annum over the bank’s base rate (2021: 1.5% per annum 
over the bank’s base rate).

Bank guarantee
The Group has a bank guarantee agreement with NatWest Group, under which the bank provides a facility which allows the Group to request 
that the bank issues guarantees to third party suppliers for general business purposes. The maximum total facility value is £4.0 million but 
this was not utilised in the year.

The above facilities are subject to quarterly covenant tests on interest cover and net debt to EBITDA ratios. The covenants have been set 
at levels that provide sufficient headroom and flexibility for the Group until maturity of the facilities in October 2023.

Bank borrowings amounting to £Nil (2021: £9.5 million) are secured by way of unscheduled mortgage debentures provided by the Company 
and certain subsidiaries within the Group to NatWest Group which incorporate a fixed charge over their book debts and floating charges 
over all their other assets. 

All bank borrowings are denominated in Sterling and are repayable as follows:

Within one year

Between two and five years

2022
£m

—

—

—

2021
£m

6.5

3.0

9.5

Bank borrowing facilities by expiry date
The Group has a number of bank borrowing facilities which were partly drawn down at 31 May 2022. The Group is in compliance with all covenants.

Facilities expiring:

Within one year

Between two and five years

2022

2021

Facility
£m

50.0

10.0

60.0

Amount
 drawn
£m

—

—

—

Facility
£m

49.3

10.0

59.3

Amount
 drawn
£m

6.5

3.0

9.5

The availability of invoice discounting facilities included above, amounting to £49.0 million (31 May 2021: £48.3 million), is dependent on the level 
of trade receivables available for refinancing. 

The facilities above do not include the £4.0 million bank guarantee agreement facility.

20. Lease liabilities

Cost
At 1 June 2020

Additions 

Lease liability payments (including finance costs)

Finance costs

At 1 June 2021

Additions 
Lease liability payments (including finance costs)

Finance costs

At 31 May 2022

Properties
£m

Commercial
vehicles
£m

8.1

—

(0.9)

0.2

7.4

0.6
(1.6)

0.1

6.5

18.6

6.2

(6.7)

0.3

18.4

10.7
(7.7)

0.4

21.8

Total
£m

26.7

6.2

(7.6)

0.5

25.8

11.3

(9.3)

0.5

28.3

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statements86

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2022

20. Lease liabilities continued
Lease liabilities are comprised of the following balance sheet amounts:

Current
Amounts due within one year

Non-current
Amounts due after more than one year

Total 

Lease liabilities are as follows: 

Not more than one year

Minimum lease payments

Interest element

Present value of minimum lease payments

Between one and five years

Minimum lease payments

Interest element

Present value of minimum lease payments

More than five years

Minimum lease payments

Interest element

Present value of minimum lease payments

21. Provision for liabilities

Current
Provision for insurance claims

Provision for dilapidations

Other provisions

Non-current

Provision for dilapidations

Total

2022
£m

8.6

19.7

28.3

2022
£m

9.0

(0.4)

8.6

19.2

(0.5)

18.7

1.0

—

1.0

2021
£m

7.4

18.4

25.8

2021
£m

7.8

(0.4)

7.4

18.1

(0.5)

17.6

0.8

—

0.8

2021
(restated1)
£m

2022
£m

2.8

0.1

0.2

3.1

0.7

3.8

3.0

—

—

3.0

0.4

3.4

1 

 A £3.0 million provision for liabilities has been recognised as at 31 May 2021 in respect third party claims made against the Group, but which are indemnified under the terms 
of its insurance policy. A corresponding reimbursement asset of £3.0 million has been recognised as at 31 May 2021. As the Group expects, on average, insurance claims to be 
settled within one year which is driven by a review of the historic claims data, recognition of these balances is made with current assets and current liabilities.

The Group recognises a provision for liabilities in respect of third party claims made against the Group. A corresponding reimbursement asset 
of £2.8 million (2021: £3.0 million) has been recognised as all of the expenditure required to settle such claims will be reimbursed by the insurer 
under the terms of the policy. As the Group expects insurance claims to be settled within one year, recognition of these balances is made with 
current assets and current liabilities.

The Group also recognises current and non-current provisions for dilapidations totalling £0.8 million (2021: £0.4 million) in respect of leased 
properties and commercial vehicles. 

£0.4 million of provision for dilapidations previously included within accruals as at 31 May 2021 has been reclassified to provisions for liabilities.

Movement year on year is £0.4 million as the Group has recognised dilapidation provisions in the income statement.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

87

22. Financial instruments and risk management
The Group’s financial instruments comprise cash, bank overdrafts, invoice discounting advances, rolling credit facility, lease liabilities, 
commodity derivatives and various items such as receivables and payables, which arise from its operations. All financial instruments in 2022 
and 2021 were denominated in Sterling. There is no material foreign exchange risk in respect of these instruments.

The carrying amounts of all of the Group’s financial instruments are measured at amortised cost in the financial statements, with the exception 
of derivative financial instruments. Derivative financial instruments are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value.

IFRS 13 (amended) ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ requires disclosure of financial instruments measured at fair value, grouped into Levels 1 
to 3 below, based on the degree to which fair value is observable:
•  Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
•  Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1 above, that are observable 

for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and

•  Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are not based 

on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

All of the Group’s derivative financial instruments as described on page 88 (forward supply contracts) were classified as Level 2 in the current 
and prior year. There were no transfers between levels in either the current or prior year.

Financial liabilities
The book value, fair value and interest rate profile of the Group’s financial liabilities were as follows:

At 31 May 2022

Financial liabilities carried at amortised cost:

Trade and other payables1

Floating rate invoice discounting advances

Lease liabilities repayable within one year

Financial liabilities carried at fair value: derivatives 

Revolving credit facility

Lease liabilities repayable after one year

Total

1  Excludes social security and other taxes.

At 31 May 2021

Financial liabilities carried at amortised cost:

Trade and other payables1

Floating rate invoice discounting advances

Lease liabilities repayable within one year

Financial liabilities carried at fair value: derivatives 

Revolving credit facility

Lease liabilities repayable after one year

Total

1  Excludes social security and other taxes.

Total book and
fair value
£m

99.2

—

8.6

0.2

108.0

— 

19.7

19.7

127.7

Total book and
fair value
£m

73.5

6.5

7.4

0.1

87.5

3.0

18.4

21.4

108.9

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
88

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2022

22. Financial instruments and risk management continued 
Financial assets
The book value, fair value and interest rate profile of the Group’s financial assets were as follows:

At 31 May 2022

Trade and other receivables2

Financial assets carried at amortised cost: cash and cash equivalents

Financial assets carried at fair value: derivatives

2  Excludes prepayments.

At 31 May 2021

Trade and other receivables2

Financial assets carried at amortised cost: cash and cash equivalents

Financial assets carried at fair value: derivatives

Total book and
fair value
£m

93.0

9.1

0.4

102.5

Total book and
fair value
£m

68.9

4.0

0.2

73.1

2  Excludes prepayments.

Financial risk management
The Group’s operations expose it to a variety of financial risks: price risk; interest rate risk; credit risk; and liquidity risk. Given the size of the 
Group, the Directors have not established a sub-committee of the Board to monitor financial risk management, but have established policies 
that are implemented and monitored by the Executive Directors.

Price risk
The Group is exposed to commodity price risk principally in respect of certain raw materials in the Feeds business and oil-related products 
in the Fuels business.

The Feeds business enters into forward supply contracts in order to manage the impact of price movements on its gross margin. At 31 May 2022, 
the Group had open forward supply contracts with a principal value of £49.8 million (31 May 2021: £43.3 million). The fair value of forward supply 
contracts recognised on the balance sheet is £0.2 million (31 May 2021: £0.1 million).

The fair value of forward supply contracts is based on generally accepted valuation techniques using inputs from observable market data 
on equivalent instruments at the balance sheet date. The contracts are settled on a gross cash basis and are classified as current assets 
or liabilities, as all contractual cash flows fall due to be settled in less than one year.

The Group has not designated any of these contracts as hedging instruments during the period under review. As a result, changes in the fair 
value of non-hedging forward supply contracts amounting to £Nil have been credited to the income statement in the year (2021: £Nil). 

The Fuels business’ oil-related products are subject to changes in the world commodity price for crude oil. However, the relatively low 
stockholding maintained and daily price monitoring systems used to determine selling prices enable the business to effectively manage 
the risk of gross margin erosion. Forward supply contracts are not utilised by this business.

The extent of these risks is regularly reviewed and assessed by the Executive Directors and reported back to the Board. This process is 
considered to be effective given the size and nature of the risks involved, but will be reviewed in the future should circumstances change.

Interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk due to its floating rate borrowings.

The Directors review the interest rate hedging policy on at least an annual basis. The Group monitors its exposure to interest rate risk primarily 
through sensitivity analysis. On the basis of the Group’s analysis, it is estimated that a rise of one percentage point in interest rates on floating 
rate borrowings would have reduced 2022 profit before taxation by approximately £0.3 million (2021: £0.3 million).

Credit risk
Where appropriate, relevant credit checks are performed on potential customers before sales are made. The amount of exposure to any 
individual customer is controlled by means of a credit limit that is monitored regularly by management and, in the case of a financially material 
value, by the Executive Directors. In addition, the Fuels business maintains credit insurance for certain higher value accounts in order to 
manage the potential financial loss incurred on certain bad debts. 

Liquidity risk
The Group actively maintains a mixture of medium-term and short-term debt finance, which is designed to ensure that it has access to 
sufficient available funds for ongoing working capital needs as well as planned capital investment and expansion generally. The amount of debt 
finance required is reviewed at least annually by the Directors.

All of the Group’s financial instruments, with the exception of certain borrowings (see note 19), have a contractual maturity of less than one year, 
based on the earliest date on which the contractual cash flows are required to be settled.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
89

22. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Financial risk management continued
Capital risk
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns to 
shareholders and benefits to other stakeholders, and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. In order to maintain 
or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new 
shares or sell assets to reduce debt. 

The Group monitors capital risk on the basis of the net debt/EBITDA ratio. This ratio is calculated as net (cash)/debt (excluding lease liabilities) 
divided by headline operating profit before interest, depreciation and amortisation as shown below: 

Borrowings (£m) (note 19)

Obligations under hire purchase agreements now recognised in lease liabilities (£m)

Less: cash at bank and in hand (£m)

Net (cash)/debt (£m) (excluding lease liabilities)

Headline EBITDA (£m)

Net (cash)/debt/EBITDA ratio

The Group has set an internal covenant limit of 2.0x net debt/EBITDA.

2022

— 

0.1

(9.1)

(9.0)

26.6

(0.3x)

2021

9.5

0.2

(4.0)

5.7

17.8

0.3x

23. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities 
The following are the principal categories of deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised by the Group and the movements thereon during the 
current and prior year:

Deferred income tax liability/(asset) at 1 June 2020

Debit to income statement (note 8)

Debit to equity

Arising on intangibles on acquisition

Deferred income tax liability/(asset) at 31 May 2021

Credit to income statement (note 8)

Debit to equity

Deferred income tax liability/(asset) at 31 May 2022

4.9

0.8

—

0.1

5.8

0.1

— 

5.9

Accelerated
tax
depreciation
£m

Retirement
benefit
obligations
£m

Other 
£m

(0.4)

0.2

—

—

(0.2)

(0.2)

— 

(4.0)

—

0.3

—

(3.7)

— 

1.4

(2.3)

(0.4)

Total
£m

0.5

1.0

0.3

0.1

1.9

(0.1)

1.4

3.2

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities and when the deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority. The deferred income tax assets disclosed above are deemed 
to be recoverable.

The majority of the deferred taxation balance is expected to reverse after more than 12 months.

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statements90

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2022

24. Share capital 

Allotted and fully paid: ordinary shares of 25p each

Balance at 1 June 2020

Issue of shares (see below)

Balance at 31 May 2021

Issue of shares (see below)

Balance at 31 May 2022

Number
of shares
‘000

48,750

254

49,004

130

49,134

Total
£m

12.2

0.1

12.3

—

12.3

During the year ended 31 May 2022, 130,198 shares (2021: 253,524 shares) with an aggregate nominal value of £32,550 (2021: £63,381) were 
issued under the Group’s conditional Performance Share Plan.

The maximum total number of ordinary shares, which may vest in the future in respect of conditional Performance Share Plan awards 
outstanding at 31 May 2022, amounted to 1,386,289 (31 May 2021: 1,400,421). These shares will only be issued subject to satisfying certain 
performance criteria (see the Directors’ Remuneration Report and note 26).

25. Retirement benefit obligations
The Group operates several defined contribution pension schemes for qualifying employees. The assets of the schemes are held separately 
from those of the Group in funds under the control of trustees. The total cost charged to the income statement of £1.9 million (2021: £1.4 million) 
represents the contributions payable to these schemes by the Group at the rates specified in the scheme rules. 

There were no outstanding or prepaid contributions at the balance sheet date (31 May 2021: £Nil).

Defined benefit scheme
The Group operates a defined benefit pension scheme providing benefits based on final pensionable earnings, which is closed to future accrual.

NWF Group Benefits Scheme
The scheme is administered by a fund that is legally separated from the Group. The trustees of the pension fund are required by law to act in 
the interest of the fund and of all relevant stakeholders in the scheme. The trustees are responsible for the investment policy with regard to the 
assets of the fund.

The scheme was closed to new members during the year ended 31 May 2002 and closed to future accrual with effect from April 2016.

The triennial actuarial valuation of this scheme was completed in the year ended 31 May 2021, with a deficit of £16.8 million at the valuation date 
of 31 December 2019. The present value of the defined benefit obligation and the related current service cost were measured using the 
Projected Unit Credit Method. In these financial statements this liability has been updated in order to derive the IAS 19R valuation as of 31 May 
2022. The next full triennial valuation will be completed in the year ending 31 May 2024.

The triennial valuation resulted in Group contributions of £2.1 million per annum, including recovery plan payments of £1.8 million for financial 
years ending 31 May 2021 and 31 May 2022. From 1 June 2022 to 31 December 2027 recovery plan payments of £2.1 million per annum will be 
paid. In addition, from 1 January 2022 a percentage increase based on total dividend growth over £3.1 million will be paid.

The average duration of the benefit obligation at the balance sheet date is 16 years. The defined benefit obligation includes benefits for current 
employees, former employees and current pensioners. Approximately 54% of the liabilities are attributable to current and former employees 
and 46% to current pensioners.

The scheme typically exposes the Group to actuarial risks such as investment risk, interest rate risk and longevity risk, as described below:
•  Investment risk: The present value of the defined benefit scheme liability is calculated using a discount rate determined by reference to high 

quality corporate bond yields. If the return on plan assets is below this rate, it will create a scheme deficit. Currently, the scheme has a 
relatively balanced investment in equities, bonds, property funds and alternatives, cash and diversified growth funds. Due to the long-term 
nature of scheme liabilities, the trustees of the pension fund consider it appropriate that a reasonable portion of the scheme assets should 
be invested in equities, property funds and diversified growth funds to leverage the return generated by the fund.

•  Interest risk: A decrease in the bond interest rate will increase the scheme liability but this will be partially offset by an increase in the return 

on the scheme’s bond investments.

•  Longevity risk: The present value of the defined benefit scheme liability is calculated by reference to the best estimate of the mortality of the 
scheme participants both during and after their employment. An increase in the life expectancy of the scheme participants will increase the 
scheme’s liability.

The principal actuarial assumptions as at the balance sheet date, used for the purposes of the actuarial valuations, were as follows:

Discount rate

Future salary increases

RPI inflation

CPI inflation

Pension increases in payment (LPI 5%)

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

2022
%

3.45

n/a

3.40

2.80

3.30

2021
%

2.00

n/a

3.30

2.70

3.21

25. Retirement benefit obligations continued
Defined benefit scheme continued
NWF Group Benefits Scheme continued
The mortality assumptions adopted imply the following life expectancies:

Current pensioners – male life expectancy at age 65

Future pensioners currently aged 45 – male life expectancy at age 65

2022
Years

20.3

21.6

The 2022 mortality assumptions above are based on S3PXA tables with CMI 2021 improvements and a long-term trend rate of 1.25% 
(2021: S2PXA tables with CMI 2020 improvements and a long-term trend rate of 1.25%).

The amounts recognised in the balance sheet in respect of the defined benefit scheme are as follows:

Present value of defined benefit obligations

Fair value of scheme assets

Deficit in the scheme recognised as a liability in the balance sheet

Related deferred tax asset (note 23)

Net pension liability

Amounts recognised in the income statement in respect of the defined benefit scheme are as follows:

Past service cost

Administrative expenses

Interest on the net defined benefit liability

Total cost recognised in the income statement

2022
£m

(49.0)

39.7

(9.3)

2.3

(7.0)

2022
£m

— 

0.3

0.3

0.6

Gains and losses arising from the remeasurement of the net defined benefit liability have been reported in the statement of comprehensive 
income, as shown below:

Actuarial (loss)/gain on plan assets

Actuarial gain arising from changes in financial assumptions

Remeasurement gain

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation are as follows:

At 1 June

Interest cost

Remeasurement (gains)/losses:

– actuarial (gains)/losses arising from changes in financial assumptions

– actuarial gains arising from changes in demographic assumptions

– actuarial losses on experience assumptions

Benefits paid

At 31 May

2022
£m

(6.4)

10.4

4.0

2022
£m

60.0

1.2

(10.2)

(0.6)

0.4

(1.8)

49.0

91

2021
Years

20.5

21.8

2021
£m

(60.0)

45.1

(14.9)

3.7

(11.2)

2021
£m

—

0.3

0.3

0.6

2021
£m

3.8

0.2

4.0

2021
£m

61.1

1.0

2.6

(4.0)

1.2

(1.9)

60.0

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statements92

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2022

25. Retirement benefit obligations continued
Defined benefit scheme continued
NWF Group Benefits Scheme continued
Changes in the fair value of scheme assets are as follows:

At 1 June

Interest income

Remeasurement (losses)/gains:

– actuarial (losses)/gains on plan assets

Contributions by employer

Expenses

Benefits paid

At 31 May

The major categories and fair values of scheme assets at the balance sheet date are as follows:

Equity-linked bonds

LDI

Credit fund

Property fund

Diversified growth fund

Cash

Annuity policies

Total

2022
£m

45.1

0.9

(6.4)

2.2

(0.3)

(1.8)

39.7

2021
£m

40.1

0.7

3.8

2.7

(0.3)

(1.9)

45.1

Fair value of assets

2022
£m

4.6

10.4

6.6

—

17.1

0.7

0.3

39.7

2021
£m

11.1

6.1

7.8

—

19.3

0.4

0.4

45.1

None of the fair values of the assets shown above include any of the Group’s own financial instruments or any property used by the Group at the 
balance sheet date.

The actual return on scheme assets was a £5.5 million loss (2021: £4.5 million gain).

Asset-liability matching reviews of the NWF Group Benefits Scheme are performed regularly. The results of reviews are used to assist the 
trustees and the Group to determine the optimal long-term asset allocation with regard to the structure of the liabilities of the scheme. 
They are also used to assist the trustees in managing the underlying volatility inherent in investment performance and the risk of a 
significant increase in the scheme deficit, by providing information used to determine the scheme’s investment strategy.

The main strategic choices that are formulated in an actuarial and technical policy document of the fund are described below:
•  asset mix is based on a strategic allocation of 40% diversified growth funds, 23% liability-driven investment (‘LDI’) funds, 22% equity-linked 

LDI and 15% multi-asset credit;

•  it is the policy of the fund to cover its exposure to the interest rate risk of the defined benefit liability by the use of LDI funds. LDI funds 

are derivative-based investments that give leveraged exposures to the bond markets;

•  inflation risk is mitigated by the use of LDI funds. LDI funds are derivative-based investments that give leveraged exposures to the bond 

markets; 

•  the fund does not have a material foreign exchange exposure and does not, therefore, use foreign exchange derivatives to hedge its foreign 

exchange risk; 

•  active management is within the diversified growth fund and the multi-asset credit fund; and
•  there are 15 pensioner members with annuity policies held in the name of the pension scheme trustee. The arrangements are held with Aviva 
plc and Scottish Widows Limited. These policies fully match the pension obligations of those pensioners insured and are therefore set equal 
to the present value of the related obligations.

Virtually all equity and bonds have quoted prices in active markets. 

There has been no change in the processes used by the Group to manage its risks from the prior year.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

93

25. Retirement benefit obligations continued
Defined benefit scheme continued
NWF Group Benefits Scheme continued
Significant actuarial assumptions for the determination of the defined benefit liability are discount rate, price inflation and mortality. The 
sensitivity analyses shown below have been determined based on reasonably possible changes of the respective assumptions occurring at 
the balance sheet dates, while holding all other assumptions constant.

Impact on defined benefit obligation

0.25% change in discount rate

0.25% change in RPI inflation

One-year change in the life expectancy at age 65

Increase
£m

Decrease
£m

(1.8)

1.3

2.3

2.2

(1.7)

(2.6)

26. Share-based payments
In the year ended 31 May 2022, the Group operated one (2021: one) equity-settled share-based payment plan as described below.

The Group recognised total expenses of £0.8 million in respect of equity-settled share-based payment transactions in the year ended 
31 May 2022 (2021: £0.5 million).

Long-term Incentive Plan (‘the Plan’)
The Group operates a Performance Share Plan for senior executives, further details of which can be found in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report in the Group financial statements. Under the Plan, the Group has made awards of conditional shares, which have yet to be exercised, 
to certain Directors on 30 July 2019 (vesting date: August 2022), 4 August 2020 (vesting date: August 2023) and 3 August 2021 (vesting date: 
August 2024). The vesting of these conditional share awards is subject to the Group achieving absolute earnings per share targets.

Details of the maximum total number of ordinary shares, which may be issued in future periods in respect of conditional share awards 
outstanding at 31 May 2022, 31 May 2021, 31 May 2020 and 31 May 2019, are as shown below.

At 1 June

Granted in the year

Exercised in the year

Lapsed/forfeited in the year

At 31 May

2022
Number of
conditional
shares

1,400,421

420,046

(245,657)

(188,521)

1,386,289

2021
Number of
conditional
shares

1,441,604

437,164

(478,347)

—

1,400,421

2020
Number of
conditional
shares

1,216,945

529,080

—

(304,421)

1,441,604

2019
Number of
conditional
shares

1,096,487

434,178

(169,660)

(144,060)

1,216,945

The estimate of the fair value of the services received in return for the conditional share awards is measured based on a Black Scholes model. 
The aggregate of the estimated fair values of the awards at 31 May 2022 shown above is £2.4 million (31 May 2021: £2.3 million), before taking 
into account the likelihood of achieving non-market-based performance conditions.

For awards granted in the current and prior years, the inputs into the Black Scholes model are as follows:

Share price at grant date

Black Scholes fair value 

Exercise price

Expected volatility

Expected life

Expected dividend yield

Risk-free interest rate

2022

£2.17

£1.96

£Nil

30.40%

2.83 years

3.57%

0.10%

2021

£2.05

£1.83

£Nil

31.09%

2.82 years

4.03%

(0.13)%

2020

£1.66

£1.49

£Nil

25.13%

2.84 years

3.91%

0.38%

2019

£1.97

£1.72

£Nil

23.48%

2.83 years

3.61%

0.85%

Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Group’s share price over the previous three years. The expected 
life used in the model has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and 
behavioural considerations.

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statements94

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2022

27. Net cash generated from operating activities

Profit before tax

Adjustments for:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Depreciation of right of use assets

Amortisation of other intangible assets

Impairment of intangible assets

Impairment of property, plant and equipment

Finance costs

Fair value profit on financial derivative

Share-based payment expense

Value of employee services

Contribution to pension scheme not recognised in income statement

2022
£m

12.0

4.6

8.9

0.5

7.9

0.5

1.2

(0.1)

0.8

(0.1)

(1.8)

2021
£m

10.8

4.5

7.7

0.7

—

—

1.3

(0.1)

0.4

(0.5)

(2.4)

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital and provisions

34.4

22.4

Movements in working capital:

Increase in inventories

Increase in trade and other receivables

Increase in trade and other payables

Net cash generated from operations

28. Analysis of cash and cash equivalents and reconciliation to net debt

Cash and cash equivalents (note 17)

Borrowings (note 19)

Hire purchase obligations1

Total Group (excluding lease liabilities)

Lease liabilities (excluding hire purchase obligations transferred)

Total Group (including lease liabilities)

(3.2)

(23.9)

26.4

33.7

Other 
non-cash
movements
£m

—

—

—

— 

(11.8)

(11.8)

(1.9)

(15.3)

19.6

24.8

31 May
2022
£m

9.1

—

(0.1)

9.0

(28.2)

(19.2)

1 June
2021
£m

4.0

(9.5)

(0.2)

(5.7)

(25.6)

(31.3)

Cash
flow
£m

5.1

9.5

0.1

14.7

9.2

23.9

1  Following the adoption of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’, hire purchase obligations are now recognised within lease liabilities, shown here for comparative purposes only.

29. Related party transactions
Key management compensation
The remuneration of key management personnel of the Group, who are the Executive and Non-Executive Directors of the Company, the 
Executive Directors of its subsidiaries and certain key managers of the Group, is set out below in aggregate for each of the categories specified 
in IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’:

Short-term employee benefits (salary and bonus)

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payments

Further information on remuneration of Directors can be found in the Directors’ Remuneration Report. 

2022
£m

4.3

0.3

1.1

5.7

2021
£m

3.6

0.3

0.5

4.4

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

95

29. Related party transactions continued
Directors’ transactions
T P Acton purchased, in the normal course of business and under normal terms and conditions, goods to the value of £2,574 as a customer 
of the Group in the year ended 31 May 2022 (31 May 2021: £1,879). At 31 May 2022, the amount outstanding was £Nil (31 May 2021: £Nil). During 
the year, the highest amount outstanding totalled £713 (2021: £504).

R A Whiting purchased, in the normal course of business and under normal terms and conditions, goods to the value of £3,211 as a customer 
of the Group in the year ended 31 May 2022 (31 May 2021: £1,984). At 31 May 2022, the amount outstanding was £681 (31 May 2021: credit balance 
of £220). During the year, the highest amount outstanding totalled £1,517 (2021: £500).

S R Andrew purchased, in the normal course of business and under normal terms and conditions, goods to the value of £1,265 as a customer 
of the Group in the year ended 31 May 2022 (31 May 2021: £1,335). At 31 May 2022, the amount outstanding was £150 (31 May 2021: £266). During 
the year, the highest amount outstanding totalled £380 (2021: £310).

D S Downie purchased, in the normal course of business and under normal terms and conditions, goods to the value of £4,284 as a customer of 
the Group in the year ended 31 May 2022 (31 May 2021: £Nil). At 31 May 2022, the amount outstanding was £105 (31 May 2021: £Nil). During the 
year, the highest amount outstanding totalled £1,474 (2021: £Nil).

M Adcock purchased, in the normal course of business and under normal terms and conditions, goods to the value of £2,739 as a customer of 
the Group in the year ended 31 May 2022 (31 May 2021: £179). At 31 May 2022, the amount outstanding was a credit balance of £300 
(31 May 2021: £1,239). During the year, the highest amount outstanding was a credit balance of £150 (31 May 2021: debit balance of £383).

M Nicholls purchased, in the normal course of business and under normal terms and conditions, goods to the value of £1,856 as a customer of 
the Group in the year ended 31 May 2022 (31 May 2021: £1,635). At 31 May 2022, the amount outstanding was £265 (31 May 2021: £223). During the 
year, the highest amount outstanding £329 (31 May 2021: £267).

K Forster purchased, in the normal course of business and under normal terms and conditions, goods to the value of £950 as a customer of the 
Group in the year ended 31 May 2022 (31 May 2021: £843). At 31 May 2022, the amount outstanding was £Nil (31 May 2021: £Nil). During the year, 
the highest amount outstanding totalled £992 (31 May 2021: £684).

G Franks purchased, in the normal course of business and under normal terms and conditions, goods to the value of £1,051 as a customer of the 
Group in the year ended 31 May 2022 (31 May 2021: £766). At 31 May 2022, the amount outstanding was £Nil (31 May 2021: £Nil). During the year, 
the highest amount outstanding totalled £548 (31 May 2021: £477).

30. Commitments for capital expenditure

Authorised and contracted but not provided for

2022
£m

9.9

2021
£m

14.7

31. Contingent liabilities
The Group’s bank facilities are provided under an arrangement with NatWest Group. The Group has pledged security in favour of the bank over 
certain freehold land and buildings with a carrying value at 31 May 2022 of £20.9 million (31 May 2021: £21.3 million). This is secured by way of 
unscheduled mortgage debentures which incorporate a fixed charge over specified property including land, plant and machinery and goodwill 
and a floating charge over all other property, assets and rights owned now or in the future which are not subject to an effective fixed charge.

The Group has an arrangement with the bank under which cash balances are offset against borrowings. The Company has given a guarantee 
in respect of the net bank borrowings within the Group under this arrangement amounting to £Nil at 31 May 2022 (31 May 2021: £9.5 million). 
The Group has an inter-company cross-guarantee arrangement with the bank under which the Company and various subsidiaries provide security 
for each other.

The Group has a bank guarantee agreement with NatWest Group under which the bank provides a facility which allows the Group to request that 
the bank issues guarantees to third party suppliers for general business purposes. The maximum total facility value is £4.0 million but this was 
not utilised in the current or prior year.

The Company and certain subsidiaries have granted a fixed and floating charge in favour of the trustees of a defined benefit pension scheme 
(‘the NWF Group Benefits Scheme’). This security, which is subordinated to the bank, creates a fixed charge over certain freehold land and 
buildings, subject to a maximum value of £5.0 million (31 May 2021: £5.0 million), and a floating charge over all other assets.

The Company has also given certain guarantees to third parties in respect of operating lease and supply agreement commitments due from 
various subsidiary companies.

No loss is expected to result from these arrangements.

Under Section 479A of the Companies Act 2006, exemption from an audit of the financial statements for the financial year ended 31 May 2022 has 
been taken by Consols Oils Limited (02794100). As required, the Company guarantees all outstanding liabilities to which the subsidiary companies 
listed above are subject at the end of the financial year, until they are satisfied in full and the guarantee is enforceable against the parent 
undertaking by any person to whom the subsidiary companies listed above are liable in respect of those liabilities.

32. Contingent assets
In the prior year the Group identified a contingent asset in respect of the reimbursement of remaining unsettled costs from its insurer in 
relation to the cyber incident announced on 2 November 2020. Whilst it was probable that an inflow of economic benefits would be received, at 
the time of the report the amount of any reimbursement was not virtually certain and therefore did not warrant recognition as a reimbursement 
asset. During the year ended 31 May 2022 final reimbursement of £0.4 million was received in respect of this outstanding claim. Consequently, 
there are no contingent assets recognised by the Group as at 31 May 2022.

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statements96

Parent Company balance sheet
as at 31 May 2022

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investment property

Investments 

Finance lease receivables

Reimbursement asset

Deferred tax asset

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Finance lease receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Provision for liabilities

Net current assets

Total assets less current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

Provision for liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities

Retirement benefit obligations

Net assets

Capital and reserves

Share capital

Share premium 

Retained earnings

Total shareholders’ funds

Note

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

6

10

11

12

11

12

8

13

2022
£m

0.4

22.0

15.3

3.4

0.4

—

41.5

5.4

1.1

6.7

13.2

(3.3)

(1.3)

(0.2)

8.4

49.9

—

(3.8)

(0.4)

(0.6)

(9.3)

35.8

12.3

0.9

22.6

35.8

2021
(restated1)
£m

0.4

22.4

15.3

4.5

0.4

0.6

43.6

7.5

1.0

3.4

11.9

(3.4)

(1.3)

—

7.2

50.8

(3.0)

(5.0)

(0.4)

—

(14.9)

27.5

12.3

0.9

14.3

27.5

1  £0.4 million of provision for dilapidations previously included within accruals as at 31 May 2021 has been reclassified to provisions for liabilities.

The Company’s profit for the year was £8.3 million including dividends received (2021: £3.4 million).

The Parent Company financial statements on pages 96 to 107 were approved by the Board of Directors on 2 August 2022 and were signed 
on its behalf by:

R A Whiting  
Director 

C J Belsham
Director

The notes on pages 98 to 107 form part of these Parent Company financial statements.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
 
 
Parent Company statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 May 2022

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders

Items that will never be reclassified to income statement:

Actuarial gain on defined benefit pension scheme

Tax on items that will never be reclassified to income statement

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

The notes on pages 98 to 107 form part of these Parent Company financial statements.

Parent Company statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 May 2022

Balance at 1 June 2020

Profit for the year

Items that will never be reclassified to income statement:

Actuarial gain on defined benefit pension scheme

Tax on items that will never be reclassified to income statement

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners:

Issue of shares

Dividends paid

Value of employee services

Credit to equity for equity-settled share-based payments

Total transactions with owners

Balance at 31 May 2021

Profit for the year

Items that will never be reclassified to income statement:

Actuarial gain on defined benefit pension scheme

Tax on items that will never be reclassified to income statement

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners:

Dividends paid

Value of employee services

Credit to equity for equity-settled share-based payments

Total transactions with owners

Balance at 31 May 2022

The notes on pages 98 to 107 form part of these Parent Company financial statements.

97

2021
£m

3.4

4.0

0.1

4.1

7.5

2022
£m

8.3

4.0

(1.0)

3.0

11.3

Called up
share 
capital
£m

Share
premium 
account
£m

Retained
earnings
£m

Total
shareholders’ 
funds
£m

12.2

0.9

—

—

—

—

0.1

—

—

—

0.1

12.3

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0.9

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

10.3

3.4

4.0

0.1

7.5

—

(3.4)

(0.4)

0.3

(3.5)

14.3

8.3

4.0

(1.0)

11.3

(3.5)

(0.1)

0.6

(3.0)

23.4

3.4

4.0

0.1

7.5

0.1

(3.4)

(0.4)

0.3

(3.4)

27.5

8.3

4.0

(1.0)

11.3

(3.5)

(0.1)

0.6

(3.0)

12.3

0.9

22.6

35.8

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statements98

Notes to the Parent Company financial statements
for the year ended 31 May 2022 

1. Significant accounting policies
Basis of preparation
The separate financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced 
Disclosure Framework’ (‘FRS 101’), on the going concern basis and under the historical cost convention, and in accordance with the Companies 
Act 2006 (as applicable to companies using FRS 101) and applicable accounting standards in the UK. Effective 1 June 2014 the Company 
transitioned from previously applicable UK Generally Accepted Accounting Principles to FRS 101. The principal accounting policies, which 
have been applied consistently to all the years presented, are set out below.

These financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with the reduced disclosure framework for all years presented.

The following exemptions from the requirements of IFRS have been applied in the preparation of these financial statements, in accordance 
with FRS 101:
•  the following paragraphs of IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’:

•  10(d) (statement of cash flows);
•  16 (statement of compliance with all IFRS);
•  11 (cash flow statement information); 
•  134 – 136 (capital management disclosures);
•  38A (requirement for minimum of two primary statements, including cash flow statements); and
•  38B-D (additional comparative information).

•  IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’;
•  IAS 7 ‘Statement of Cash Flows’;
•  IAS 24 (paragraphs 17 and 18a) ‘Related Party Disclosures’ (key management compensation); 
•  IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’ – the requirement to disclose related party transactions between two or more members of a group;
•  IAS 16 ‘Property, plant and equipment’ (paragraph 73(e)) – reconciliations between the carrying amount at the beginning and end of the period); and
•  IAS 38 ‘Intangible assets’ (paragraph 118(e)) – reconciliations between the carrying amount at the beginning and end of the period).

As the Group financial statements include the equivalent disclosures, the Company has taken the exemptions available under FRS 101 
in respect of the following disclosures:
•  IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payments’ in respect of Group equity-settled share-based payments; and
•  certain disclosures required by IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ and disclosures required by IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’.

Adoption of new and revised standards
The following new standards, amendments to standards or interpretations are mandatory for the first time for the financial year beginning 
1 June 2021.

The Company has adopted the following new standards, amendments and interpretations now applicable. None of these standards 
and interpretations have had any material effect on the Company’s results or net assets.

Standard or interpretation

Content

Amendment to IFRS 3

Amendment to IFRS 9

Amendment to IFRS 16

Amendments to IAS 16 

Amendments to IAS 37 

Business Combinations

Financial Instruments

Leases

Property, Plant and Equipment

Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets

Applicable for financial year
beginning on 

1 June 2021

1 June 2021

1 June 2021

1 June 2021

1 June 2021

The following standards, amendments and interpretations are not yet effective and have not been adopted early by the Company:

Standard or interpretation

Content

IFRS 4

Amendments to IAS 1

Amendments to IAS 8 

Amendments to IAS 12

Amendments to IFRS 17

Insurance Contracts

Presentation of Financial Statements

Accounting Policies

Income Taxes

Insurance Contracts

IFRS Practice Statement 2

Making Materiality Judgements

Applicable for financial year
beginning on 

1 June 2022

1 June 2023

1 June 2023

1 June 2023

1 June 2023

1 June 2023

These standards are not expected to have a material impact on the Company in the current or future reporting periods and on foreseeable 
future transactions.

Parent Company profit and loss account
The Company has not presented its own profit and loss account as permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The Company’s profit 
for the year was £8.3 million including dividends received (2021: £3.4 million). The profit for the year is shown in the statement of changes in 
equity and on the face of the balance sheet. There are no material differences between the profit for the year in the current and prior year and 
its historical cost equivalent. Accordingly, no note of historical cost profits and losses has been presented.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

99

1. Significant accounting policies continued 
Going concern
Based on financial performance to date and forecasts along with the available banking facilities, there is a reasonable expectation that the 
Company has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. 

The Board has prepared cash flow forecasts for the period to 31 May 2024. Under this base case scenario, the Company is expected to continue 
to have significant headroom relative to the funding available to it and to comply with its banking covenants.

The Board has also considered a severe downside scenario based on a significant and sustained reduction in Fuels’ profitability alongside 
underperformance in Food and Feeds. This downside scenario excludes any mitigating actions that the Board would be able to take to reduce 
costs. Under this scenario, the Company would still expect to have sufficient headroom in its financing facilities.

The Company therefore continues to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual financial statements.

Dividend distribution
The distribution of a dividend to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Company’s financial statements in the period in 
which it is approved by the Company’s shareholders (please refer to note 9 of the Group financial statements).

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Cost includes the original purchase price of the asset and the costs attributable to bringing 
the asset to its working condition for its intended use. Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of property, plant and equipment over 
their useful economic life on a straight-line basis as follows:

Plant and machinery  

3 – 10 years

Assets under construction are not depreciated until they are put into use.

Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the construction of qualifying assets are capitalised.

Investment properties
Owner-occupied land and buildings owned by the Company and which are rented to subsidiary companies are treated as investment properties 
in accordance with IAS 40 ‘Investment Property’. Investment properties are valued using the cost model. Investment properties are stated at cost, 
which includes the original purchase price of the asset and the costs attributable to bringing the asset to its working condition for its intended use. 
Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of the investment property over its useful economic life on a straight-line basis over 10 – 50 years.

Investment in subsidiary undertakings
Investments in Group undertakings are stated at cost, unless their value has been impaired in which case they are valued at the lower of their 
realisable value or value in use.

Finance lease receivables and lease liabilities
The Company holds the head lease on a property which is occupied by a subsidiary company under a sub-lease arrangement. The Company 
recognises both a finance lease receivable and a lease liability in respect of this arrangement. 

The finance lease receivable is measured initially at the amount of the net investment in the lease, which is the gross investment in the lease discounted 
using the implicit interest rate in the lease, in accordance with IFRS 16. The gross investment in the lease is the aggregate of the lease payments 
receivable. Each lease payment received is allocated between the receivable and finance income. The finance income is credited to the income 
statement over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic recognition of interest on the remaining balance of the asset for each period.

At the inception of a contract, the Company performs an assessment to determine whether the contract is, or contains, a lease. Key aspects of 
this determination are the specific identification of an asset that is subject to the lease, and that the lease conveys the right to direct and 
control the use of the identified asset for a period of time. 

Where a contract is determined to contain a lease, the lease liability is recognised from the commencement date of the lease, the 
commencement date being defined as the date at which the lessor makes the underlying asset available for use. The lease liability 
is recognised at an amount equal to the present value of the future lease payments during the lease term. 

Lease payments are discounted using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate at the time of the inception of the lease.

Reimbursement assets
The Company recognises a reimbursement asset where it has virtual certainty that an economic inflow of resources will be received.

Deferred taxation
Deferred taxation is recognised in respect of all timing differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date where transactions 
or events that result in an obligation to pay more tax in the future or a right to pay less tax in the future have occurred at the balance sheet date.

Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and 
are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred tax assets are regarded as recoverable and recognised in the financial statements when, on the basis of available evidence, it 
is more likely than not that there will be suitable taxable profits from which the future reversal of the timing differences can be deducted. 
The recoverability of tax losses is assessed by reference to forecasts which have been prepared and approved by the Board. The deferred 
tax assets and liabilities are not discounted.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of 
resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount has been reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses.

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statements100

Notes to the Parent Company financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2022 

1. Significant accounting policies continued
Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less 
provision for impairment. Under IFRS 9, effective from 1 June 2018, the Group elected to use the simplified approach to measure the loss allowance 
at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses for trade receivables. Under the new accounting standard, the Group continues to establish a 
provision for impairment of trade receivables when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according 
to the original terms of the receivables. Significant financial difficulties of the counterparty, probability that the counterparty will enter bankruptcy 
or financial reorganisation, and default or delinquency in payments are considered indicators that the trade receivable is impaired. In addition, 
IFRS 9 requires the Group to consider forward-looking information and the probability of default when calculating expected credit losses. 

The measurement of expected credit losses reflects an unbiased and probability weighted amount that is determined by evaluating the range 
of possible outcomes as well as incorporating the time value of money. The Group considers reasonable and supportable customer-specific 
and market information about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions when measuring expected credit 
losses. The amount of the provision is the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows of 
the asset, discounted, where material, at the original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use 
of a provision for receivables impairment, and the amount of the loss is recognised in the income statement within administrative expenses. 
When a trade receivable is uncollectable, it is written off against the provision for receivables impairment. Subsequent recoveries of amounts 
previously written off are credited against administrative expenses in the income statement.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown within 
borrowings in current liabilities on the balance sheet. The Company recognises cash when it is within its control, and in accordance with IFRS 9, 
when it has the contractual right to obtain cash from the bank. The Company’s cash recognition policies are aligned with the IFRIC Committee 
tentative agenda decision in September 2021.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Retirement benefit costs
The Company operates various pension schemes, including defined contribution and defined benefit schemes.

Defined contribution schemes
For defined contribution schemes, the Group pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension insurance schemes on a 
mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The contributions are recognised as an employee benefit expense in the income statement 
when they are due. The assets of the schemes are held separately from those of the Group in funds under the control of trustees.

Defined benefit scheme
The Company is the sponsoring employer in a funded Group-operated defined benefit pension scheme, the NWF Group Benefits Scheme, 
and has therefore recognised the defined liability, in full, on the Company balance sheet.

The liability recognised in the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit schemes is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the 
balance sheet date less the fair value of scheme assets, together with adjustments for unrecognised actuarial gains or losses and past service 
costs. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries using the Projected Unit Credit Method. The present value 
of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of high quality corporate 
bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid and that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the 
related pension liability.

The net pension finance cost is determined by applying the discount rate, used to measure the defined benefit pension obligation at the 
beginning of the accounting period, to the net pension obligation at the beginning of the accounting period taking into account any changes 
in the net pension obligation during the period as a result of cash contributions and benefit payments. 

Pension scheme expenses are charged to the income statement within administrative expenses.

The Company has considered the recognition requirements of IFRIC 14 and determined that they do not apply to the scheme.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately in the statement of comprehensive income. Net defined benefit pension scheme 
deficits before tax relief are presented separately on the balance sheet within non-current liabilities. The attributable deferred income 
tax asset is included within the deferred income tax asset in the balance sheet and is subject to the recognition criteria as set out in the 
accounting policy on deferred income tax.

Share-based payments
In the year ended 31 May 2022, the Company operated one (2021: one) equity-settled share-based payment plan. Equity-settled share-based 
payments are measured at fair value (excluding the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions) at the date of grant. 

The fair value determined at the grant date of equity-settled share-based payments issued to the Company’s employees is expensed on 
a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Company’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest and adjusted for the effect 
of non-market-based vesting conditions.

The fair value determined at the grant date of equity-settled share-based payments issued to employees of subsidiary undertakings is 
recognised as an addition to the cost of investment in subsidiary undertakings on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on 
the Company’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest and adjusted for the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions.

Fair value is measured by the use of a Black Scholes model. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on management’s 
best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations.

Employer social security contributions payable in connection with the grant of share awards are considered an integral part of the grant 
itself and the charge is treated as a cash-settled transaction.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

101

1. Significant accounting policies continued 
Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a deduction, 
net of tax, from the proceeds of issue.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The Company makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal 
the related actual results. The assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

Defined benefit pension scheme – valuation assumptions
The balance sheet carrying values of defined benefit pension scheme surpluses or deficits are calculated using independently commissioned 
actuarial valuations. These valuations, including the impact of GMP, are based on a number of assumptions, including the most appropriate 
mortality rates to apply to the profile of scheme members and the financial assumptions regarding discount rates and inflation. All of these 
are estimates of future events and are therefore uncertain. Further details can be found in note 25 of the Group financial statements.

Assessment of impairment
The Company tests annually for impairment of goodwill and fixed asset balances, which involves using key judgements including estimates 
of future business performance and cash generation, discount rates and long-term growth rates. 

The recoverable amounts of CGUs are determined using value in use calculations. The value in use calculations use post-tax cash flow 
projections based on the Board-approved budget for the year ending 31 May 2023 and four years of divisional strategic plans thereafter. 
Subsequent cash flows are extrapolated using an estimated growth rate of 2%.

These value in use calculations are subject to a series of sensitivity analyses using reasonable assumptions concerning the future performance 
of the CGUs and assessing the impact of a 1% increase in the discount rate. 

Carrying value of trade receivables
The Group holds material trade receivable balances, and the calculations of provisions for impairment are estimates of future events and 
therefore uncertain. IFRS 9 requires the Group to consider forward-looking information and the probability of default when calculating 
expected credit losses. The Group considers reasonable and supportable customer-specific and market information about past events, 
current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions when measuring expected credit losses.

From a completeness perspective, the Directors are not aware of any other critical judgements within the Group that give rise to a significant 
risk of material adjustment within the next financial year.

2. Remuneration of Directors and auditors
Details of Directors’ remuneration are shown in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 51. Details of auditors’ remuneration are shown 
in note 5 of the Group financial statements.

3. Property, plant and equipment

Cost

At 1 June 2021

Additions

At 31 May 2022

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 June 2021

Charge for the year

At 31 May 2022

Carrying amount

At 31 May 2022

At 31 May 2021

Plant and
machinery
£m

1.0

0.1

1.1

0.6

0.1

0.7

0.4

0.4

Total
£m

1.0

0.1

1.1

0.6

0.1

0.7

0.4

0.4

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statements102

Notes to the Parent Company financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2022

4. Investment property

Cost

At 1 June 2021

Additions

At 31 May 2022

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 June 2021

Charge for the year

At 31 May 2022

Carrying amount

At 31 May 2022

At 31 May 2021

Investment
property
£m

34.1

0.3

34.4

11.7

0.7

12.4

22.0

22.4

Total
£m

34.1

0.3

34.4

11.7

0.7

12.4

22.0

22.4

The fair value of the investment property at 31 May 2022 was £47.6 million (31 May 2021: £41.5 million). The valuation is based on a market valuation by an 
independent RICS valuer with recent experience in the location and category of the asset being valued. Rental income of £2.7 million (2021: £2.7 million) 
and direct operating expenses of £2.2 million (2021: £2.4 million) arising from investment property have been recognised in the income statement.

5. Investments 

Cost and carrying amount

At 1 June 2021

At 31 May 2022

The Directors believe that the carrying value of the investments is supported by their underlying net assets.

The Company directly owns the whole of the issued ordinary shares of the following subsidiary undertakings:

£m

15.3

15.3

Company

NWF Agriculture Holdings Limited

NWF Distribution Holdings Limited

NWF Fuels Holdings Limited

Home Counties Fuels Limited

Dragon Petroleum Limited

Lincolnshire Fuels Limited

North Western Farmers Limited

NWF Limited

Business activity

Holding company – Feeds operations

Holding company – Food operations

Holding company – Fuels operations

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

103

5. Investments continued
All of the above companies are registered and operate in England and Wales. The registered office for all directly owned subsidiary 
undertakings is Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP.

The Company also indirectly owns all of the issued ordinary shares of the following subsidiary undertakings:

Company

NWF Agriculture Limited

New Breed (UK) Limited

Boughey Distribution Limited

NWF Fuels Limited

Consols Oils Limited

Caldo Fuel Oil Limited (formerly Figaro Number Two Limited)

David Hermon Hodge Group Limited

David Hermon Hodge Limited

Hermon Hodge Limited

Preston Fuels Limited

Ron Darch & Sons Co Limited

Midland Fuel Oil Supplies Limited

S.C. Feeds Limited

Jim Peet (Agriculture) Limited

Staffordshire Fuels Limited

Evesons Fuels Limited

Swan Petroleum Limited

Evesons (Worcestershire) Limited

Nutrition Express Limited

Browns of Burwell Limited

Broadland Fuels Limited

Martlet Fuels Limited

J G W Thomas & Son Limited

Fuel Oil Supply Co Limited

Knutsford Domestic Fuel Oil Company Limited

Figaro Number One Limited

Business activity

Supplier of animal feedstuffs and seeds

Supplier of animal feedstuffs and seeds

Warehousing and food distribution

Fuel distribution

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

All of the above companies are registered and operate in England and Wales. The registered office for all indirectly owned subsidiary undertakings 
is Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP.

Under Section 479A of the Companies Act 2006, exemption from an audit of the financial statements for the financial year ended 31 May 2022 has 
been taken by Consols Oils Limited (02794100). As required, the Company guarantees all outstanding liabilities to which the subsidiary companies 
listed above are subject at the end of the financial year, until they are satisfied in full and the guarantee is enforceable against the parent undertaking 
by any person to whom the subsidiary companies listed above are liable in respect of those liabilities.

6. Finance lease receivables
Finance lease receivables are comprised of the following balance sheet amounts:

Current

Amounts receivable within one year

Non-current

Amounts receivable after more than one year

Total 

2022
£m

1.1

3.4

4.5

2021
£m

1.0

4.5

5.5

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statements104

Notes to the Parent Company financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2022

6. Finance lease receivables continued
Lease receivables are as follows:

Not more than one year

Minimum lease receivables

Interest element

Present value of minimum lease receivables

Between one and five years

Minimum lease receivables

Interest element

Present value of minimum lease receivables

2022
£m

1.3

(0.2)

1.1

3.6

(0.2)

3.4

7. Reimbursement asset
The Company recognises a reimbursement asset of £0.4 million (2021: £0.4 million) in respect of certain future lease dilapidations costs 
receivable from subsidiary companies occupying property under a sub-lease arrangement with the Parent Company.

8. Deferred income tax 
The following are the principal categories of deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised by the Company and the movements thereon:

Deferred income tax liabilities/(assets) as at 1 June 2021

Debit to income statement

Debit to equity

Deferred income tax liabilities/(assets) as at 31 May 2022

3.3

—

—

3.3

Accelerated
tax
depreciation
£m

Retirement
benefit
obligations
£m

Other
£m

(0.2)

(0.2)

—

(3.7)

—

1.4

(2.3)

(0.4)

2021
£m

1.2

(0.2)

1.0

4.9

(0.4)

4.5

Total
£m

(0.6)

(0.2)

1.4

0.6

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities 
and when the deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority. The deferred income tax assets disclosed above are deemed to be recoverable.

9. Trade and other receivables

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Prepayments

Corporation tax recoverable

VAT recoverable

2022
£m

1.1

0.6

3.5

0.2

5.4

2021
£m

4.2

0.8

2.4

0.1

7.5

All of the amounts owed by Group undertakings shown above are repayable on demand. Interest has been charged on these Group loans in the 
year at 2.0% (2021: 2.0%) per annum. A provision of £Nil (2021: £0.1 million) against amounts owed by Group undertakings has been recognised 
in accordance with IFRS 9.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

10. Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Accruals

Other taxation and social security

105

2022
£m

1.1

2.1

0.1

3.3

2021
(restated1)
£m

1.1

2.2

0.1

3.4

1  £0.4 million of provision for dilapidations previously included within accruals as at 31 May 2021 has been reclassified to provisions for liabilities.

The Group has a net bank overdraft facility amounting to £1.0 million, none of which has been utilised by the Company at 31 May 2022 (31 May 2021: 
none utilised). This facility is secured by way of unscheduled mortgage debentures provided by the Company and certain subsidiaries within the 
Group to NatWest Group which incorporate a fixed charge over trade receivables and floating charges over all their other assets. 

11. Lease liabilities

Cost

At 1 June 2020

Lease liability payments (including finance costs)

Finance costs 

At 31 May 2021

Lease liability payments (including finance costs)

Finance costs

At 31 May 2022

Lease liabilities are comprised of the following balance sheet amounts:

Current

Amounts due within one year

Non-current

Amounts due after more than one year

Total 

Lease liabilities are as follows:

Not more than one year

Minimum lease payments

Interest element

Present value of minimum lease payments

Between one and five years

Minimum lease payments

Interest element

Present value of minimum lease payments

Property
£m

6.8

(0.6)

0.1

6.3

(1.3)

0.1

5.1

2022
£m

1.3

3.8

5.1

2022

£m

1.4

(0.1)

1.3

3.9

(0.1)

3.8

Total
£m

6.8

(0.6)

0.1

6.3

(1.3)

0.1

5.1

2021
£m

1.3

5.0

6.3

2021

£m

1.4

(0.1)

1.3

5.2

(0.2)

5.0

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statementsNumber
of shares
‘000

Total
£m

80,000

20.0

Number
of shares
‘000

48,750

254

49,004

130

49,134

Total
£m

12.2

0.1

12.3

—

12.3

2021
£m

1.6

0.2

0.3

0.1

2.2

106

Notes to the Parent Company financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2022

12. Provision for liabilities
The Company recognises a current liability for provisions of £0.2 million (2021: £Nil) and a non-current liability in respect of a provision for 
dilapidations on leased properties of £0.4 million (2021: £0.4 million).

13. Share capital 

Authorised: ordinary shares of 25p each

Balance at 1 June 2020, 31 May 2021 and 31 May 2022

Allotted and fully paid: ordinary shares of 25p each

Balance at 1 June 2020

Issue of shares (see below)

Balance at 31 May 2021

Issue of shares (see below)

Balance at 31 May 2022

During the year ended 31 May 2022, 130,198 shares (2021: 253,524 shares) with an aggregate nominal value of £32,550 (2021: £63,381) were 
issued under the Group’s conditional Performance Share Plan.

The maximum total number of ordinary shares, which may vest in the future in respect of conditional Performance Share Plan awards 
outstanding at 31 May 2022, amounted to 1,386,289 (31 May 2021: 1,400,421). These shares will only be issued subject to satisfying certain 
performance criteria (see the Directors’ Remuneration Report and note 26 of the Group financial statements).

14. Employee benefit expense

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Share-based payments

Other pension costs

2022
£m

2.1

0.4

0.5

0.1

3.1

The average monthly number of persons (including Directors) employed in the Company during the year was 18 (2021: 18).

15. Related party transactions
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption included in IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’ to not disclose details of transactions 
with Group undertakings, on the grounds that it is the Parent Company of a group whose financial statements are publicly available.

Directors’ transactions
T P Acton purchased, in the normal course of business and under normal terms and conditions, goods to the value of £2,574 as a customer 
of the Group in the year ended 31 May 2022 (31 May 2021: £1,879). At 31 May 2022, the amount outstanding was £Nil (31 May 2021: £Nil). 
During the year, the highest amount outstanding totalled £713 (2021: £504).

R A Whiting purchased, in the normal course of business and under normal terms and conditions, goods to the value of £3,211 as a customer 
of the Group in the year ended 31 May 2022 (31 May 2021: £1,984). At 31 May 2022, the amount outstanding was £681 (31 May 2021: credit balance 
of £220). During the year, the highest amount outstanding totalled £1,517 (2021: £500).

S R Andrew purchased, in the normal course of business and under normal terms and conditions, goods to the value of £1,265 as a customer 
of the Group in the year ended 31 May 2022 (31 May 2021: £1,335). At 31 May 2022, the amount outstanding was £150 (31 May 2021: £266). 
During the year, the highest amount outstanding totalled £380 (2021: £310).

D S Downie purchased, in the normal course of business and under normal terms and conditions, goods to the value of £4,284 as a customer 
of the Group in the year ended 31 May 2022 (31 May 2021: £Nil). At 31 May 2022, the amount outstanding was £105 (31 May 2021: £Nil). 
During the year, the highest amount outstanding totalled £1,474 (2021: £Nil).

Details of the Directors’ interests in the ordinary share capital of the Company are provided in the Directors’ Report.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

107

16. Share-based payments
The Performance Share Plan (‘the LTIP’)
The Company operates a Performance Share Plan for senior executives, further details of which can be found in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report in the Group financial statements.

Under the LTIP, the Company has made awards of conditional shares to certain Directors and employees, details of which can be found in 
note 26 of the Group financial statements. 

The Company recognised total expenses of £0.7 million (including NI) in respect of the LTIP’s equity-settled share-based payment transactions 
in the year ended 31 May 2022 (2021: £0.4 million).

17. Pensions 
The Company is the sponsoring employer in the NWF Group Benefits Scheme, a pension arrangement providing benefits based on final 
pensionable pay. Details of the NWF Group Benefits Scheme, its liabilities and assets, together with the principal assumptions used in the 
valuation of its liabilities, are given in note 25 to the Group financial statements.

Contributions into the scheme and amounts charged to the profit and loss account during the year were £2.2 million (2021: £2.7 million). 
There were no outstanding or prepaid contributions at the balance sheet date (31 May 2021: £Nil).

The Company also operated a money purchase scheme during the year and contributions during the year amounted to £0.1 million 
(2021: £0.1 million). There were no outstanding or prepaid contributions at the balance sheet date (31 May 2021: £Nil).

18. Contingent liabilities 
The Company’s bank facilities are provided under an arrangement with NatWest Group. The Company has pledged security in favour of the bank 
over certain freehold land and buildings with a carrying value at 31 May 2022 of £20.9 million (31 May 2021: £21.3 million). This is secured by way 
of unscheduled mortgage debentures which incorporate a fixed charge over specified property including land, plant and machinery and goodwill 
and a floating charge over all other property, assets and rights owned now or in the future which are not subject to an effective fixed charge.

The Company has an arrangement with the bank under which cash balances are offset against borrowings. The Company has given a guarantee 
in respect of the net bank borrowings within the Group under this arrangement amounting to £Nil at 31 May 2022 (31 May 2021: £9.5 million).

The Company has a bank guarantee agreement with NatWest Group, under which the bank provides a facility which allows the Company to 
request that the bank issues guarantees to third party suppliers for general business purposes. The maximum total facility value is £4.0 million 
but this was not utilised in the current or prior year.

The Company and certain subsidiaries have granted a fixed and floating charge in favour of the trustees of a defined benefit pension scheme 
(‘the NWF Group Benefits Scheme’). This security, which is subordinated to the bank, creates a fixed charge over certain freehold land and 
buildings, subject to a maximum value of £5.0 million (31 May 2021: £5.0 million), and a floating charge over all other assets.

The Company has also given certain guarantees to third parties in respect of operating lease and supply agreement commitments due from 
various subsidiary companies.

No loss is expected to result from these arrangements.

19. Contingent assets
In the prior year the Group identified a contingent asset in respect of the reimbursement of remaining unsettled costs from its insurer in 
relation to the cyber incident announced on 2 November 2020. Whilst it was probable that an inflow of economic benefits would be received, at 
the time of the report the amount of any reimbursement was not virtually certain and therefore did not warrant recognition as a reimbursement 
asset. During the year ended 31 May 2022 final reimbursement of £0.4 million was received in respect of this outstanding claim. Consequently, 
there are no contingent assets recognised by the Group as at 31 May 2022.

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Financial statements108

Notice of Annual General Meeting

Notice is hereby given that the Annual General Meeting (‘the Meeting’) of NWF Group plc (‘the Company’) will be held at Wychwood Park Hotel, 
Weston, Crewe CW2 5GP, on Thursday 29 September 2022 at 10.30 a.m. to transact the business as specified below. 

As Ordinary Business: to consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolutions which will be proposed as Ordinary Resolutions.

1. 

2. 

 To receive, adopt and approve the Company’s Annual Report and Accounts for the financial year ended 31 May 2022 together with the Directors’ 
Report and Auditors’ Report thereon.

 To declare a final dividend of 6.5p per share for the financial year ended 31 May 2022 payable on 9 December 2022 to shareholders who are on 
the register of members of the Company at the close of business on 4 November 2022.

3.  To re-elect David Downie as a Director of the Company. 

4.  To re-elect Richard Whiting as a Director of the Company.

5.  To re-elect Chris Belsham as a Director of the Company.

6.  To re-elect Richard Armitage as a Director of the Company. 

7.  To elect Dawn Moore as a Director of the Company.

8. 

 To reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors of the Company to hold office from the conclusion of the Meeting until the conclusion 
of the next Meeting of the Company at which the Company’s accounts are laid before the Company and to authorise the Directors to set the 
auditors’ remuneration.

9.  

 To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report (excluding the Directors’ remuneration policy contained within that report) as set out in the 
Company’s Annual Report and Accounts for the financial year ended 31 May 2022.

As Special Business: to consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolutions which will be proposed as Special Resolutions except for 
Resolution 10 which will be proposed as an Ordinary Resolution.

Directors’ authority to allot shares
10. 

 That the Board of Directors of the Company (‘the Board’) be generally and unconditionally authorised pursuant to Section 551 of the Companies 
Act 2006 (‘the Act’) to allot Relevant Securities (as hereinafter defined):

10.1 up to an aggregate nominal amount of £4,094,514 (the equivalent of 16,378,054 ordinary shares); and

10.2  comprising equity securities (as defined by Section 560 of the Act) up to an aggregate nominal amount of £8,189,027 (the equivalent 

of 32,756,108 ordinary shares) (such amount to be reduced by the nominal amount of any Relevant Securities allotted under paragraph 
10.1 above) in connection with an offer by way of a rights issue:

(a)  to holders of ordinary shares in proportion (as nearly as may be practicable) to their respective existing holdings; and

(b)  to holders of other equity securities as required by the rights of those securities, 

 but subject to such limits, exclusions or other arrangements as the Board may deem necessary or expedient in relation to treasury shares, 
fractional entitlements, record dates, legal, regulatory or practical problems in or under the laws of any territory or the requirements 
of any regulatory body or stock exchange, 

 provided that this authority shall, unless renewed, varied or revoked by the Company, expire on the date which is 15 months after the date 
of the Meeting or, if earlier, the date of the next Meeting of the Company save that the Company may, before such expiry, make offers or 
agreements which would or might require Relevant Securities to be allotted and the Board may allot Relevant Securities in pursuance of 
such offer or agreement notwithstanding that the authority conferred by this resolution has expired.

 This Resolution 10 revokes and replaces all unexercised authorities previously granted to the Board to allot Relevant Securities but without 
prejudice to any allotment of shares or grant of rights already made, offered or agreed to be made pursuant to such authorities.

For the purposes of this Resolution 10, ‘Relevant Securities’ means:
•  shares in the Company other than shares allotted pursuant to:

•  an employee share scheme (as defined by Section 1166 of the Act);
•  a right to subscribe for shares in the Company where the grant of the right itself constituted a Relevant Security; 
•  a right to convert securities into shares in the Company where the grant of the right itself constituted a Relevant Security; or
• 

 any right to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares in the Company other than rights to subscribe for or convert any 
security into shares allotted pursuant to an employee share scheme (as defined by Section 1166 of the Act). References to the 
allotment of Relevant Securities in this Resolution 10 include the grant of such rights. 

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
109

General disapplication of pre-emption rights
11. 

 That, subject to the passing of Resolution 10 on page 108, the Board be and it is hereby empowered, pursuant to Section 570 and Section 573 of 
the Act, to allot equity securities (as defined in Section 560 of the Act) for cash pursuant to the authority conferred by Resolution 10 on page 108 
or to sell treasury shares as if Section 561 of the Act did not apply to any such allotment or sale, provided that this power shall be limited to:

11.1   the allotment of equity securities in connection with a rights issue or other pro rata offer in favour of holders of equity securities (but in the 

case of the authority granted under paragraph 10.2 of Resolution 10 on page 108, by way of a rights issue only) where the equity securities 
respectively attributable to the interests of all those persons at such record dates as the Board may determine are proportionate (as 
nearly as may be) to the respective numbers of equity securities then held by them subject to such limits, exclusions or other 
arrangements as the Board may consider necessary or expedient to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements, record dates, 
practical or legal difficulties under the laws of any territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or by virtue of 
equity securities being represented by depositary receipts or any other matter whatsoever; 

11.2   the allotment (otherwise than pursuant to paragraph 11.1 above) of equity securities up to an aggregate nominal amount of £1,228,354; and 

11.3   in each case such power shall expire upon the expiry of the general authority conferred by Resolution 10 on page 108, except that the 

Company may before such expiry make offers or agreements which would or might require equity securities to be allotted and/or shares 
held by the Company in treasury to be sold or transferred after such expiry and the Board may allot equity securities and/or sell or transfer 
shares held by the Company in treasury in pursuance of such offers or agreements as if the power conferred by this resolution had 
not expired.

 All previous unutilised authorities under Sections 570 and 573 of the Act shall cease to have effect (save to the extent that they are exercisable 
by reason of any offer or agreement made prior to the date of this Resolution 11 which would or might require shares to be allotted on or after 
that date).

By order of the Board

Rob Andrew
Company Secretary
2 August 2022

Registered office 
Wardle  
Nantwich 
Cheshire  
CW5 6BP

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Shareholder information 
 
 
 
110

Notes to the Notice of Annual General Meeting

These notes are important and require your immediate attention.

1. 

2. 

3. 

 To attend the Meeting in person, please arrive at the venue for the Meeting by 10.15 a.m. to enable your shareholding to be checked against 
the register of members of the Company and your attendance recorded.

 Shareholders are encouraged to email any questions in respect of the Company’s Annual Report and Accounts for the financial year ended 
31 May 2022 or the Meeting to investor.relations@nwf.co.uk in advance of the Meeting. Responses to questions will be provided as soon as 
reasonably possible, following receipt.

 A shareholder entitled to vote at the Meeting is entitled to appoint another person of his/her choice as that shareholder’s proxy to exercise all 
or any of that shareholder’s rights to attend, speak and vote at the Meeting on his/her behalf. A shareholder may appoint more than one proxy 
in relation to the Meeting, provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by that 
shareholder. A proxy need not be a shareholder of the Company.

4.  A proxy or proxies can be appointed by:

•  submitting a form of proxy electronically by accessing the shareholder portal at www.signalshares.com. To submit a form of proxy 

electronically, you will require your username and password. If you have not previously registered to use the shareholder portal then 
this can be done using your investor code (‘IVC’) (which can be found on your share certificate or by contacting Link Group as detailed 
in paragraph 12 below), along with your surname and postcode. Once the portal has been accessed, click on ‘vote online’ on the home 
page and follow the instructions. All electronic proxy appointments must be made by no later than 10.30 a.m. on 27 September 2022 
(or, in the event that the Meeting is adjourned, no later than 48 hours before the time appointed for the adjourned meeting);

•  CREST members using the CREST electronic proxy appointment service (as detailed in paragraph 6); or
•  completing and returning a paper form of proxy (which is enclosed with the document of which this Notice forms part). To appoint more 
than one proxy, the form of proxy should be photocopied and all completed forms returned together to Link Group in accordance with 
the instructions in paragraph 5 below.

5. 

6. 

 If a paper form of proxy is used to appoint a proxy or proxies, the form of proxy must be completed, signed and returned, together with 
any power of attorney or any other authority under which it is signed, or a notarially certified copy of such authority, to the Company’s 
registrars, Link Group, PXS 1, Central Square, 29 Wellington Street, Leeds LS1 4DL, so that it is received no later than 10.30 a.m. on 
27 September 2022. In the event of a conflict between a blank paper form of proxy and a form of proxy which states the number of shares 
to which it applies, the specific form of proxy shall be counted first, regardless of whether it was sent or received before or after the blank 
form of proxy, and any remaining shares in respect of which you are the registered holder will be apportioned to the blank form of proxy. 

 CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so for the 
Meeting to be held at 10.30 a.m. on 29 September 2022 and any adjournment(s) thereof by using the procedures described in the CREST 
Manual. CREST personal members or other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members who have appointed a voting service 
provider, should refer to their CREST sponsors or voting service provider(s), who will be able to take the appropriate action on their behalf. 

 In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made by means of CREST to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (‘a CREST Proxy 
Instruction’) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited’s specifications and must contain the 
information required for such instructions, as described in the CREST Manual. The message must be transmitted so as to be received by 
the Company’s agent, Link Group (CREST Participant ID: RA10), no later than 48 hours before the time appointed for the Meeting (or, in the 
event that the Meeting is adjourned, no later than 48 hours before the time appointed for the adjourned meeting). For this purpose, the time 
of receipt will be taken to be the time (as determined by the time stamp applied to the message by the CREST Application Host) from which 
the Company’s agent is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. 

 CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsor or voting service provider should note that Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited 
does not make available special procedures in CREST for any particular messages. Normal system timings and limitations will therefore 
apply in relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST 
member is a CREST personal member or sponsored member or has appointed a voting service provider, to procure that their CREST 
sponsor or voting service provider takes) such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means of the CREST 
system by any particular time. In this connection, CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsor or voting service provider 
are referred in particular to those sections of the CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST system and timings.

 The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated 
Securities Regulations 2001.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
 
 
111

7. 

8. 

 If you wish to change your proxy instructions, you should submit a new proxy appointment using the methods detailed above. Your attention 
is particularly drawn to the deadline for receipt of proxy appointments (as detailed in paragraphs 4, 5 and 6 above) as these are applicable to 
amended proxy instructions. In the event that more than one valid proxy appointment is received for the same share or shares, the 
appointment received last before the deadline for receipt of proxy appointments will take precedence. 

 Only those shareholders entered on the register of members of the Company at the close of business on 27 September 2022 or, in the 
event that the Meeting is adjourned, in the register of members as at the close of business on the day two working days before the date of 
any adjourned meeting, shall be entitled to attend and vote at the Meeting in respect of the number of ordinary shares registered in their 
names at that time. Changes to the entries on the register of members after the close of business on 27 September 2022 or, in the event 
that the Meeting is adjourned, in the register of members after the close of business on the day two working days before the date of the 
adjourned meeting, shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend or vote at the Meeting.

9. 

 Any corporation which is a shareholder can appoint one or more corporate representatives who may exercise on its behalf all of its powers 
as a shareholder provided that they do not do so in relation to the same shares.

10.   Copies of the following documents will be available for inspection at the Company’s registered office during normal working hours on any 

weekday (Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays excepted) from the date of this Notice until the date of the Meeting and at the place of the 
Meeting for 15 minutes prior to and during the Meeting:
•  copies of all service agreements or letters of appointment under which the Directors of the Company are employed by the Company.

11.   Addresses (including electronic addresses) in this document are included strictly for the purposes specified and not for any other purpose.

12. 

 Except as provided above, shareholders who have general queries about the Meeting should use the following means of communication 
(no other methods of communication will be accepted):
•  calling Link Group on +44 (0)371 664 0300. Calls are charged at the standard geographic rate and will vary by provider. Calls from outside 

the United Kingdom will be charged at the applicable international rate. Lines are open between 9.00 a.m. and 5.30 p.m. (UK time) 
Monday to Friday excluding public holidays in England and Wales.

NWF GROUP PLC  NWF.CO.UK

Shareholder information112

Explanatory notes to the Notice of Annual General Meeting

Ordinary Business 
Each resolution will be proposed as an Ordinary Resolution. This means that, for each of the resolutions to be passed, more than half of the 
votes cast must be in favour of the resolution.

The Ordinary Resolutions are routine and deal with the presentation of the Annual Report and Accounts for the financial year ended 31 May 2022, 
the declaration of a final dividend, the reappointment of David Downie, Richard Whiting, Chris Belsham and Richard Armitage as Directors of 
the Company, the appointment of Dawn Moore as a Director of the Company (who will have joined the Board since the last Meeting), and the 
reappointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors as well as the authorisation of the Directors to set the auditors’ remuneration and 
the approval of the Directors’ Remuneration Report (excluding the Directors’ remuneration policy contained within that report). The vote in 
respect of Resolution 9 will be ‘advisory’ only which means that it is not binding on the Company, and the Directors’ entitlement to remuneration 
is not conditional on it.

Biographical details of the Directors standing for re-election can be found on pages 38 and 39. Dawn Moore’s biographical details are set out 
on page 54.

Special Business
Resolution 10 will be proposed as an Ordinary Resolution and Resolution 11 will be proposed as a Special Resolution. In order for a Special 
Resolution to be passed, at least three-quarters of the votes cast must be in favour of the resolution.

Resolution 10 – authority to allot shares (Ordinary Resolution)
The authority conferred on the Directors at last year’s Meeting to allot the share capital of the Company expires at the conclusion of the 
forthcoming Meeting. The Board recommends that this authority be renewed. 

Paragraph 10.1 of Resolution 10 will, if passed, authorise the Directors to allot the Company’s unissued shares up to a maximum nominal amount 
of £4,094,514, which represents an amount which is equal to one-third of the aggregate nominal value of the issued and unconditionally allotted 
ordinary share capital of the Company (excluding treasury shares) as it was at close of business on 29 July 2022, the latest practicable date 
before the publication of this Notice. As at close of business on 29 July 2022 the Company did not hold any treasury shares.

Paragraph 10.2 of Resolution 10 will, if passed, authorise the Directors to allot unissued shares in connection with a rights or other issue in 
favour of holders of equity securities (which would include ordinary shareholders) as required by the rights of those securities, up to a maximum 
aggregate nominal amount of £8,189,027, which represents an amount which is equal to two-thirds of the aggregate nominal value of the issued 
and unconditionally allotted ordinary share capital of the Company as it was at close of business on 29 July 2022 (such amount to be reduced 
by the nominal amount of any Relevant Securities issued under the authority conferred by paragraph 10.1 of Resolution 10). 

The authorities sought in Resolution 10 are in substitution for all existing authorities, granted in the Company’s Articles of Association or 
otherwise, and without prejudice to previous allotments made under such existing authorities. The authorities will each expire 15 months 
after the date of the Meeting or, if earlier, at the conclusion of the next Meeting of the Company. The Directors have no present intention of 
exercising these authorities but believe that it is in the best interests of the Company to have the authorities available so that the Board has 
the flexibility to take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.

Resolution 11 – disapplication of pre-emption rights (Special Resolution)
Resolution 11, which will be proposed as a Special Resolution, seeks to renew the authority conferred on the Directors at last year’s Meeting to 
issue equity securities of the Company for cash without application of the pre-emption rights provided by Section 561 of the Act. The authority 
being sought provides for non-pre-emptive allotments of equity securities: (i) to ordinary shareholders in proportion to their shareholdings then 
existing; (ii) to holders of other equity securities as required by, or subject to (as the Directors consider necessary), the rights of those 
securities, and to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements and legal and practical problems in any territory, for example on a rights 
issue or other similar share issue; and (iii) for cash up to an aggregate nominal value of £1,228,354, which represents 10% of the issued ordinary 
share capital of the Company as it was at close of business on 29 July 2022, the latest practicable date before the publication of this Notice. 

The authority being sought is in substitution for all existing authorities, granted in the Company’s Articles of Association or otherwise, and 
without prejudice to previous allotments made under such authorities, and will expire 15 months after the date of the Meeting or, if earlier, 
at the conclusion of the next Meeting of the Company. The Directors have no present intention of exercising these authorities but believe that 
it is in the best interests of the Company to have the authorities available so that the Board has the flexibility to take advantage of business 
opportunities as they arise.

The authority sought and the limits set by this resolution will also disapply the application of Section 561 of the Act from a sale of treasury 
shares to the extent also specified in this resolution.

NWF GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Financial calendar

Annual General Meeting 

Dividend:

– Ex-dividend date 

– Record date 

– Payment date 

Announcement of half-year results 

Publication of Interim Report 

Interim dividend paid  

Financial year end 

Announcement of full-year results 

Publication of Annual Report and Accounts 

Divisional contacts

Fuels

Food

Feeds

Discover more online

29 September 2022

3 November 2022

4 November 2022

9 December 2022

Early February 2023

Early February 2023

May 2023

31 May 2023

Early August 2023

Late August 2023

Tel: 01829 260900 
www.nwffuels.co.uk

Tel: 01829 260704 
www.boughey.co.uk

Tel: 0800 262397 
www.nwfagriculture.co.uk

CBP013981

www.nwf.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
A great big

to all our colleagues

From top left, left to right, front cover: Adam Lysik, Becky Shaw, 
Natalie Tipper, Andrea Mier, Lucy Jenkin, Andreea Vinatoru, Dawn 
Davies, Craig Davies, Liz Barratt, Karolina Banaszek, Lilly Evans, 
Mark Ellis, Sam Bradley, Dan Busby, Missi Nyarko, Anna Meakin, 
Dave Snelson, Angel Asenov, Katie Welsh, Joe Armitt, Adam Clay, 
Adam Heath, Craig Jones, Haseeb Ahmed, John Beresford, Martin 
Browne, Phil Williams, Louise Curran, Brendan Wainwright, 

Daniela Vintila, Chris Naylor, Sarah Hall, 
John Davies, Phillip Beckett, Tim Brundrett, 
Laura Grace, Magda Krekora, Callie 
Broadhurst, Julie Murray, Ian Couturier, 
Andy Raiswell, Charlotte Salmon, Neal 
Parton, Teresa Dodd, Natasha Parry, Che 
Kerin, Kim Zytkowicz and Emily Pibworth.

thank you

for taking part

NWF Group plc
Wardle
Nantwich
Cheshire
CW5 6BP
Telephone: 01829 260260
www.nwf.co.uk